summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes3
-rw-r--r--43201-0.txt3278
-rw-r--r--43201-0.zipbin0 -> 59820 bytes
-rw-r--r--43201-h.zipbin0 -> 65623 bytes
-rw-r--r--43201-h/43201-h.htm3701
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
7 files changed, 6995 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/43201-0.txt b/43201-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c397751
--- /dev/null
+++ b/43201-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,3278 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, Multiplied Blessings, by Edward Hoare
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: Multiplied Blessings
+ Eighteen Short Readings
+
+
+Author: Edward Hoare
+
+
+
+Release Date: July 12, 2013 [eBook #43201]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MULTIPLIED BLESSINGS***
+
+
+Transcribed from the 1907 Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge
+edition by David Price, email ccx074@pglaf.org
+
+
+
+
+
+ MULTIPLIED BLESSINGS
+ _EIGHTEEN SHORT READINGS_
+
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ BY THE LATE
+ REV. CANON HOARE
+ VICAR OF HOLY TRINITY, TUNBRIDGE WELLS
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ PUBLISHED UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE TRACT COMMITTEE
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ LONDON
+ SOCIETY FOR PROMOTING CHRISTIAN KNOWLEDGE
+ NORTHUMBERLAND AVENUE, W.C.
+ 43, QUEEN VICTORIA STREET, E.C.
+ BRIGHTON: 129, NORTH STREET
+ NEW YORK: E. S. GORHAM
+ 1907
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+
+THESE short readings, now published for the first time, are extracts from
+the written sermons of the late Rev. E. Hoare, Vicar of Holy Trinity,
+Tunbridge Wells from 1853 to 1894, and Hon. Canon of Canterbury. They
+are taken, word for word, from his original MSS., and have been selected
+with a view to giving practical help in the Christian life. Many of them
+were written long ago, but the hindrances and difficulties that meet the
+Christian continue much the same, and it is hoped that the following
+pages may be used of God to bring before the reader the Lord Jesus Christ
+as the Saviour, Guide, and Helper.
+
+ K. A. H.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+ PAGE
+MULTIPLIED BLESSINGS 5
+THE SAVIOUR SEEKING THE SINNER 12
+A DIVINE SALVATION 17
+FEELINGS 24
+A PEACEFUL DEATH-BED 28
+A PEACEFUL LIFE 33
+THE INDWELLING OF THE HOLY SPIRIT 38
+THE WITNESS—THE LEADER—THE COMMANDER 43
+FAITH AND EFFORT 49
+THE JOY OF THE LORD 54
+THE WORK OF THE LORD 58
+CHRISTIAN EXPERIENCE IN THE CONFIRMATION OF FAITH 62
+THE COMING OF THE LORD 66
+“WITH” AND “BY” 71
+THE STIRRING OF THE SPIRIT 76
+A WILLING SERVICE 81
+FEAR NOT 86
+THE PRESENT AND THE FUTURE 91
+
+
+
+
+MULTIPLIED BLESSINGS
+
+
+ “Thou art my hiding-place; Thou shalt preserve me from trouble; Thou
+ shalt compass me about with songs of deliverance.
+
+ “I will instruct thee and teach thee in the way which thou shalt go:
+ I will guide thee with mine eye.”—Ps. xxxii. 7, 8.
+
+WELL, indeed, may the Psalmist say, “Blessed is he whose transgression is
+forgiven,” for every blessing flows into the soul as the consequence of
+divine forgiveness. The word in the Hebrew rendered “Blessed” is in the
+plural number, to show that there is not one blessing only, but
+multiplied blessings and multiplied mercies, all springing from this one
+source, the forgiveness of sin. When David wrote these words he felt the
+truth of them. He spoke of a gift which he had himself experienced. He
+had found mercy, so he proclaimed its richness. We know how grievously
+he fell in the matter of Bathsheba and Uriah, and we remember Nathan’s
+visit. It was after that visit that, according to the general belief,
+this Psalm was written. He had struggled with the agonies of unforgiven
+sin, till at length the message was delivered to him by the prophet, “The
+Lord, also, hath put away thy sin.” {5} No wonder, then, that he poured
+out his heart in this hymn of thanksgiving, commencing with the words,
+“Blessed is he whose transgression is forgiven, whose sin is covered.”
+
+But it is not merely a Psalm of thanksgiving, for according to the title
+it was a Maschil, a Psalm giving instruction. When David was pleading
+for mercy in Psalm li., he said that when he had found forgiveness
+himself, he would make it known for the good of others, “Then will I
+teach transgressors Thy ways.” {6} So now, having been forgiven, he
+wrote this Psalm of instruction for others.
+
+“Blessed is he whose transgression is forgiven, whose sin is covered.”
+These were the words with which David commenced his Psalm, and in these
+words he said that to which every forgiven soul will most heartily add,
+“Amen.”
+
+What was the peculiar character of that blessedness? We learn from
+verses 3 and 4 the awful misery of sin unrepented and unforgiven. We
+find how David’s tears were dried up by the burning heat of a guilty
+conscience, and how the dreadful burden weighed day and night upon his
+soul. Then in the next verse we are taught the secret of the great
+transition from misery to peace. We find how he made up his mind to make
+no further efforts to conceal his guilt. He resolved to confess it
+before God, and no longer attempt to hide it from man. The result was a
+complete, assured, and most merciful forgiveness. “Thou forgavest,” he
+said, “the iniquity of my sin.” He was assured of the gift, but what was
+the unspeakable blessedness to which, when forgiven, he was admitted?
+
+This we learn from the words of our text in which we find the peaceful
+intercourse of the forgiven soul with God. It is that peaceful
+intercourse which constitutes the real test of forgiveness, Christ died,
+the just for the unjust, to bring us to God: so those who are made
+partakers of that atoning work are actually brought to God and made what
+the Psalmist calls “a people near unto Him.” {7} So it was in the case
+of David. There was nothing to keep him any longer at a distance, and in
+the full peace of complete reconciliation he enjoyed the unspeakable
+privilege of communion with God. The account of this communion is given
+us in the verses of our text, in the first of which we have the language
+of the forgiven sinner to God, in the second the reply from God Himself.
+
+
+
+I. THE LANGUAGE OF THE FORGIVEN SOUL ADDRESSING GOD.
+
+
+He that was afar off without any shelter from the rough storm of an
+accusing conscience, is now able to look up to the God who has forgiven
+him and say, “Thou art my hiding-place.” He finds his shelter and his
+safety in the presence of that very God whose law he had broken. He does
+not say, “Thou hast provided a hiding-place,” but “Thou _art_ my
+hiding-place.” He who had been exposed without protection to the sore
+buffetings of his own conscience, confirmed as it was by the just
+sentence of God’s holy law, had been so completely restored that he had
+found in God Himself a hiding-place.
+
+In that sacred hiding-place he realized two results, safety and praise.
+When hidden there he was safe, just as our own life is safe when hidden
+with Christ in God, and therefore he could say, “Thou shalt preserve me,”
+and when hidden there he would live in the very atmosphere of
+thanksgiving, so he said, “Thou shalt compass me about (or surround me)
+with songs of deliverance.” A song of deliverance is a song of praise
+from one that has been delivered. The Song of Moses was a song of
+deliverance when he stood on the shores of the Red Sea after he had seen
+the hosts of Egypt overwhelmed in the flood. {8a} David’s was a song of
+deliverance when God had brought him up out of the horrible pit and
+established his goings, and had put a new song in his mouth. {8b} The
+song of the great multitude before the throne is a song of deliverance,
+when, brought out of great tribulation, clothed with white robes and
+palms in their hands, they sing, “Salvation to our God which sitteth upon
+the throne, and unto the Lamb.” {8c}
+
+Observe the connection between this safety and these songs of
+deliverance. The songs are not merely the consequence of the safety, but
+a part of it. Hidden in the Lord, we are compassed, or surrounded, by
+them. Whichever way we look, whether forward in hope, or backward in
+memory, or upwards in trust, there is in every direction something to
+call forth the praise, and the spirit of thanksgiving is in itself a
+protection against assault.
+
+There is just the same connection between praise and safety in the
+description of the restored Zion: “Thou shalt call thy walls Salvation,
+and thy gates Praise.” {8d} Praise is there represented as part of the
+defence. The enemy cannot enter because the gateway is filled by praise.
+The song of deliverance is so hearty and so loud that the voice of the
+tempter is not heard. And thus it is that the forgiven man, hidden in
+Christ Jesus, praises God, because he has been saved, and confirms his
+safety by the very act of praising Him. Does not this teach us a lesson
+as to our own communion with God? Whatever it is that weighs on the
+heart and disturbs the spirit, whatever the storm be that beats upon us,
+whether it be care from without or conscience within, whether it be the
+pain of trouble or the still greater pain of the sense of sin, the
+forgiven man may go straight to Him and say, “I flee unto Thee to hide
+me.” {9a} And if hidden in Him, can anything really hurt us? Is not His
+salvation a sufficient wall? Shall anything that can really hurt us
+enter in by those gates which He has closed with praise? In holy peace,
+then let the songs of deliverance rise before Him. Let the unspeakable
+blessedness of the divine safety call forth the notes of thanksgiving.
+If the sweet note of praise was heard by the prisoners from the inner
+dungeon at Philippi, {9b} shall it not be heard by the whole church of
+God from those who have found a hiding-place in their Lord?
+
+
+
+II. THE LORD’S REPLY TO THE FORGIVEN MAN.
+
+
+Such, then, was the language of the forgiven man to the God who had
+forgiven him. What reply did he receive? “I will instruct thee and
+teach thee in the way which thou shalt go: I will guide thee with Mine
+eye.” You will observe that what is here promised is His own divine
+guidance and instruction, and you will see at once how appropriate such a
+promise was under the peculiar circumstances of the case. David had
+grievously fallen. He had been walking, in former times, in God’s way,
+but had turned aside in a most awful manner. We do not know what was the
+preparatory process in his mind. Perhaps he had forgotten his weakness;
+perhaps he had grown self-confident and fell. But we see what God
+promised now that he was restored. He undertook in future to keep him
+Himself, by His own instruction and His own guidance. The Lord Himself
+undertook to guide him, and so keep him safe from the danger of another
+fall.
+
+There are two points in this promise. It was _in_ the way, not _about_
+the way, that God promised to guide him. When he was walking in the
+narrow way God under took to walk with him there, and to hold him fast in
+His own right hand till the journey should be complete, and the rest
+reached at the end. Let us all learn the lesson that God’s teaching is
+only found in the path of God’s commandments. If we choose to walk in
+some way of our own choosing, we must not expect the guidance of the
+Lord.
+
+Observe also what I may term the delicacy of the promise and the intimacy
+of the relationship. God says, “I will guide thee with Mine eye.”
+
+When David was living in a state of impenitence, the strong hand of God
+was upon him day and night. But now a look is enough. No force is
+needed. The heart is tender, the ear is open, the eye is fixed on the
+Lord Jesus, and the least intimation of His will is sufficient. The
+passage seems to describe the eye of the Lord watching over His children,
+and the eyes of His children fixed on the Lord. When the Lord Jesus
+looked on Peter, Peter must have been looking on Him, and one look melted
+his heart. And so when the Lord is guiding us, there is no need of
+strong or violent discipline, of the wind, the storm, or the earthquake,
+for the still small voice is enough. What is needed is that we should be
+living looking unto Jesus, the Author and Finisher of our faith, seeking
+to know His will, drinking in His word, watching the guidance of His
+providence, applying the principles of Scripture to common life, and so
+not waiting till conviction is forced upon us, but, with a tender heart
+and a ready mind, seeking hour by hour to do His will. It is in such an
+attitude of mind that we can realize the sacred promise, “I will guide
+thee with Mine eye.”
+
+Such, then, was the intercourse of this forgiven man with God. How
+close, how intimate, how sacred, how blessed, the communion! And how
+complete must have been the forgiveness that prepared the way for it. It
+seems almost impossible to believe that this was the same man on whom
+God’s hand had been heavy day and night, the same whose bones had waxed
+old through his roaring all the day long, now forgiven, now brought into
+happy intercourse with God. Does not the passage teach a wonderful
+lesson to every soul that has been mercifully forgiven in Christ Jesus?
+When we think of the precious blood of Christ, and how the Lord laid on
+Him the iniquity of us all, can we suppose for a moment that the
+forgiveness bestowed on us is less complete, or the restoration less
+perfect, than that of David? Since, then, in his case, the insuperable
+barrier of his guilt was so completely broken down that he was admitted
+to this sacred and intimate fellowship, why should any one of us remain
+at a distance? Why should not we, even we, go before the same Father to
+find in Him our hiding-place, and receive from Him the same blessed
+assurance, “I will guide thee with Mine eye”? May He accompany us
+through life with that loving guidance and watch over every step we take
+till, by His great grace, we are safe from danger.
+
+
+
+
+THE SAVIOUR SEEKING THE SINNER
+
+
+ “What man of you, having an hundred sheep, if he lose one of them,
+ doth not leave the ninety and nine in the wilderness, and go after
+ that which is lost, until he find it?”—ST. LUKE xv. 4.
+
+THERE are many amongst us truly and conscientiously seeking the Lord
+whose souls are ill at ease, and whose hearts are far from peace. They
+are feeling after Him, if haply they may find Him; but they are like
+blind men groping for the wall, for they have not found Him, and they
+have no firm resting-place for their faith. They have been reading many
+passages about seeking the Lord, and have endeavoured to seek Him, but
+they are sorely discouraged.
+
+Let us, therefore, change the subject, and instead of considering how
+they are to seek the Lord, let us see how the Lord seeks them. Let us
+look at the Divine side of the transaction, and instead of being absorbed
+by the subject of the sinner seeking the Saviour, let us look at the
+boundless grace of God which is shown by the Saviour seeking the sinner.
+
+It is the great subject of this chapter, which contains three
+illustrations of the one subject, and thus forms an illustrated comment
+on His words, “The Son of man is come to seek and to save that which was
+lost.” {13} According to those words He came for the lost, and came not
+only to save them when they should succeed in finding Him, but to seek
+them in order that He may save. He does not save without seeking, nor
+does He seek without saving. Let us glean some lessons, from the
+combination of the three illustrations, as to the loss of the sinner, and
+the seeking of the Saviour.
+
+
+
+THE LOSS.
+
+
+In all three cases the recovered one is said to have been lost. The
+sheep was lost. The coin was lost. The son was lost.
+
+If we study the illustrations in detail we shall see that there are three
+ways described in the chapter in which this loss is brought about.
+
+It is brought about, in the case of the lost sheep, through simple
+ignorance and the folly of pursuing each passing object of attraction.
+The wandering sheep has no particular intention of going wrong. It does
+not set off with a deliberate wish to run away; it is simply led on step
+by step by any attraction that lies beside its path. And is not this the
+case with thousands of those who have wandered from the Shepherd’s care?
+
+In the second parable the loss is occasioned by the neglect of others.
+The piece of money is lost through carelessness, without any fault of its
+own. The person who had the charge of it took no heed to be sure that it
+was safe. How many are there in exactly that position? They have been
+lost, humanly speaking, through want of care.
+
+But the third character is quite distinct from both the others. The
+Prodigal Son was lost because he deliberately and determinately left his
+father’s home. He was totally unlike the wandering sheep led on from
+step to step without a plan, for he had a plan, and he deliberately
+carried it out. This, then, is far the worst of the three. It
+represents one living in the midst of privileges, but deliberately
+casting away his faith. He has life and death brought before him, and he
+chooses death, or, at all events, he chooses that which leads to death.
+Oh! how marvellous is the boundless grace and mercy of our God, that He
+should go out of His way to seek and to save any one so unthankful and so
+guilty!
+
+
+
+THE SEEKING OF THE SAVIOUR.
+
+
+He seeks by coming Himself as the Son of Man. The Shepherd leaving the
+fold and going forth into the wilderness to seek the wanderer, is a
+picture of the Son of God leaving the glory which He had with the Father
+before the world was, and visiting this fallen world as the Son of man,
+in order that He might seek, and, by His atoning blood, might save the
+sinner. We shall never understand His grace in seeking us if we do not
+realize that great act of His already complete. This great finished work
+of His is the foundation of all that follows, and if we want to
+understand the mystery of His love in seeking us we must begin with the
+two great facts, Incarnation and Atonement. Why did He become man? Why
+was He born at Bethlehem? Was it not because He came on a divine mission
+to seek the sinner? Why did He die? Why did He utter that bitter cry
+upon the cross? Was it not that He might remove the curse by bearing it,
+and having broken down every barrier, might have the joy of bringing the
+lost one to the Father’s home? You, then, who are anxious about your
+souls, and whose earnest desire it is to be sought out and saved,
+remember what the Son of man has already done; fall back on the finished
+fact; and never forget that however doubtful you may be as to your own
+position, there is no doubt whatever as to the fact that the Son of God
+has come to seek the lost one and to save him by His blood.
+
+
+
+HE SEEKS THROUGH HUMAN AGENCY.
+
+
+I cannot think that the woman lighting a candle and sweeping the house
+represents the Saviour. She is generally, and I think correctly, thought
+to represent the Church. If this be the case it may serve to teach how
+the whole Church of Christ ought to be entirely engaged in carrying out
+the sacred mission of our Blessed Lord. It is not the Spirit alone that
+is to say “Come,” {15} but the Bride and all that hear the message. He
+has become man and died for us, but we are to light the candle, sweep the
+house, and seek diligently till we find the lost ones. We are to spare
+no effort for their recovery: we are to search them out; we are to let
+them know that there is a Christian friend anxious for their safety, and
+that there will not only be joy amongst the angels of God, but a hearty
+welcome amongst His people on earth for any poor lost one brought in
+lowly repentance to the feet of the Blessed Saviour, there to find pardon
+and recovery.
+
+And what are we to say of the third parable, for we find no mention of
+the seeking there. But we find the divine act most remarkably
+represented, for there we may see how God Himself seeks the wanderer. We
+do not see the father doing it in the parable, but we do see how God
+Himself does it in fact. We there see the work both of His providence
+and of His Spirit. Of His providence, for the Father in heaven both
+sought and found him, just as He is doing with thousands now. He took
+from him one thing after another till all hope was gone, and he envied
+even the swine their meal. God was seeking him, so He broke him down and
+crushed him on purpose that He might save.
+
+But God did much more than bring him into trouble, for trouble very often
+does nothing but harden. But in this case the Spirit of God was seeking
+him, so that it was a trouble blessed by the Spirit, and he was led with
+a broken heart to say, “Father, I have sinned.”
+
+See how God Himself sought him and brought him to true repentance. He
+was far away from the hand of man. He was lost to his father’s home.
+But he was never lost sight of by God. There was a loving eye watching
+him, and a loving care seeking him, so that though lost to man he was not
+lost to God, and his father with a full heart was able at length to say,
+“This my son was dead and is alive again; he was lost and is found.”
+
+
+
+
+A DIVINE SALVATION
+
+
+ “Salvation is of the Lord.”—JONAH ii. 9.
+
+ “According as His divine power hath given unto us all things that
+ pertain onto life and godliness, through the knowledge of Him that
+ hath called us to glory and virtue.”—2 ST. PETER i. 3.
+
+NO one can read his Bible without being convinced that it is full of
+practical exhortations as to human conduct and human effort. Those who
+are seeking the Lord Jesus Christ are exhorted to repent, to believe, to
+be converted, to seek, to come, and to follow on to know the Lord. Hence
+it follows that as we are very apt to see only one side of anything at a
+time, there is a great tendency to dwell exclusively on human action, and
+to exhort, and to persuade, as if everything was in our own hands, so
+that we may do just what we please, and when we please, in the great
+matter of our soul’s salvation. People are apt to write and speak about
+coming to Jesus as if it all rested with the sinner himself. But this,
+though deduced from a truth, is not the whole truth of Scripture. We
+find there beyond all doubt the warning, the offer and the invitation;
+but we find also the clear description of a divine salvation, the plan of
+divine wisdom, and the gift of divine grace. Accordingly in this passage
+when St. Peter {17} is addressing those who had obtained like precious
+faith with himself, he makes it perfectly clear at the very outset of his
+letter that they had obtained it, not by the power of their own energy,
+or the determination of their own will, but through the power of God, the
+gift of God, and the call of God, “whereby were given unto them exceeding
+great and precious promises.” {18a}
+
+Let us, therefore, turn our attention to the divine side of the great
+transaction, and trace through four successive steps, the divine Saviour,
+the divine salvation, the divine revelation, and the divine application.
+
+
+
+I. A DIVINE SAVIOUR.
+
+
+It is not my business now to make any attempt to prove the divinity of
+our Blessed Redeemer, for I take it for granted that we all admit the
+great truths of Christianity. What I desire now to do is to point out
+that, if saved at all, we are saved by a Person, and that that Person is
+divine. The Lord Jesus Christ is a personal Saviour, and as a personal
+Saviour, saves us from the death of sin. It is as much a personal act as
+when a bold swimmer leaps into the ocean and saves a drowning man.
+
+Now it is plain that everything depends on the nature and power of the
+person who saves us. If He be only man, then we can hope for nothing
+more than a man-made salvation. The salvation will not rise above the
+Saviour; but if He is divine, then we may rest on His divine omnipotence,
+and look for the power of God unto salvation. Thus the divinity of the
+Lord Jesus Christ is a matter of life and death to us. The question is
+whether we are to save ourselves or be saved by our God. And this is the
+issue which He Himself raised when He said, “I give unto them eternal
+life.” {18b} The statement of that passage is that He, as a Person,
+holds His people in His own hand, and holds them with omnipotent strength
+because He is divine, for He and the Father are one. There, then, is
+both the foundation and the keystone of our trust. We may see all kinds
+of difficulties; there may be confusion, perplexity, and the cry of
+distress in every direction, but according to His divine power God has
+provided a divine Saviour, and in that Saviour we may rest, for He is the
+Son of God.
+
+
+
+II. A DIVINE SALVATION.
+
+
+The whole plan from first to last is divine. The world is full of human
+plans, some of which are successful and some total failures. One man
+contrives one thing and one another, but God alone planned the great
+salvation. It was not in the power of ruined nature to restore itself,
+so in boundless mercy and in His own divine omnipotence He provided a
+plan of restoration. Thus the purpose is divine, His own eternal purpose
+before the world was; the mode of reconciliation is divine, the release
+of the sinner through the imputation of sin to the sin-bearer. The
+propitiation was divine, “Whom God hath set forth to be a propitiation
+through faith in His blood.” {20a} The imputation of righteousness is
+divine, “For God hath made Him to be sin for us, who knew no sin; that we
+might be made the righteousness of God in Him.” {20b}
+
+The work of sanctification is divine, “Of Him are ye in Christ Jesus, who
+of God is made unto us . . . sanctification;” {20c} and the final
+gathering of God’s elect will be divine for “all that are in the graves
+shall hear His voice, and shall come forth.” {20d}
+
+It is most important to bear this well in mind, for it places the subject
+beyond the sphere of human speculation. If a man starts a new system of
+philosophy, or if people advocate any particular system in politics, we
+are perfectly at liberty to criticise it. What one man does, another man
+may criticise. But it is a very different thing with the salvation of
+God. Once admit that it is a divine plan, arranged in divine wisdom and
+carried out in divine power, and it is then manifestly beyond the reach
+of human intellect. There may be things in it which seem to us very
+mysterious; but what else can we expect when the infinite and divine
+arrangements of God are subjected to the speculations of the finite mind
+of man? If the whole salvation were of such a character as to present no
+points of difficulty to the human inquirer, we might almost doubt its
+divinity, and believe that as it is within the range of man’s mind, so it
+had its origin in man’s ingenuity. But when we see it beyond the reach
+of man, then we are taught by our own inability to fathom it, to regard
+it as a plan above ourselves, for the simple reason that it is divine.
+
+
+
+III. DIVINE REVELATION.
+
+
+But when we have acknowledged that the Saviour and the salvation are
+divine, there remains a further question of the utmost possible
+importance. It is this. In what way is this divine salvation made known
+to mankind? Is it known by human discovery or divine communication? Do
+we know it by thinking out the subject, or by receiving a revelation from
+God? Surely the answer to this question is obvious, that a divine
+salvation can only be known by a divine communication. The eternal
+purpose of God can only be known by divine communication from Himself. A
+supernatural salvation requires in the very nature of things a
+supernatural communication from God. Thus an Apostle describes {21} the
+faith, not as having been _discovered by_ the saints, but as having been
+_delivered to_ the saints, delivered to them, that is, in God’s own
+inspired Word. As God has planned a complete salvation, so He has given
+a complete revelation of that salvation. He has not left us to grope for
+it as blind men feeling for the wall; but has revealed His plan in His
+own word, and taught us to rest in the scripture of truth as His own
+revelation of His purpose of grace.
+
+
+
+IV. THE DIVINE APPLICATION.
+
+
+To many this is the most difficult of the four points mentioned at the
+outset. They are perfectly satisfied as to the divine Saviour, the
+divine salvation, and the divine revelation in the Word of God, but have
+found no little difficulty in the application of it to themselves. They
+can see the chain with its three links hanging down from heaven over
+their heads, but it is just out of their own reach, and as a poor dying
+sailor once said to me, “I see the rope, but I cannot get hold of it.”
+So they see the salvation, but cannot get hold of it as their own. If
+there are any anxious on the subject, and earnestly desiring “to get
+hold” on the great salvation, let them remember that what they really
+want is for _the Saviour to lay hold on them_, and this is what He
+practically does by the power of the Holy Ghost. It is the peculiar
+office of the Holy Ghost to take of the things of the Lord Jesus Christ
+and apply them unto us, and without that act of His we may struggle in
+vain to reach the blessing. It is not enough for us to be told that God
+has provided a perfect Saviour, that that Saviour has made a perfect
+propitiation, and that by virtue of that propitiation the great salvation
+is offered to us as a gift. We may be assured of all that and yet live
+on without it, for we want in addition that which the human heart cannot
+find in itself, the power to receive the gift and, receiving it, to live.
+It is by this mighty power that those who sleep are awakened; those far
+off are brought nigh; the bondsmen are set free; the dead made alive, and
+those who are strangers and outcasts are made heirs of God through the
+blood of Christ.
+
+There is no case too hopeless for the Lord’s salvation. There are many
+who have been so utterly unsuccessful in their efforts to rise that they
+begin to think there is something peculiar in themselves which makes them
+an exception to the general offer of life and pardon. And there are
+others who are longing for the salvation of some stubborn, unbroken
+heart, but who have sought so long and so hopelessly that they almost
+begin to despair. Now whether your anxiety be for yourself or others,
+remember the divinity of the great salvation. If the whole is divine,
+why should it not be sufficient? You say you are dead, but cannot the
+divine power raise the dead? You say your sins are too great for pardon,
+but is not the divine propitiation sufficient for them all? You say you
+cannot produce even a good prayer, but does not the divine revelation
+assure you that the salvation is a free gift even for those who have
+nothing?
+
+Give up, then, all thought of working yourself up to salvation, for that
+is a mere human process, and is certain to fail, but throw yourself
+_before you are saved_ right away on the Saviour for His great gift of
+salvation. Remember that the whole thing from first to last is divine,
+and, because it is divine, as a little child trust it without the
+slightest qualification, trust the promise, accept the gift, and may God
+grant that you may be able to use as your own the words of the text,
+“According as His divine power hath given unto me all things that pertain
+unto life and godliness, through the knowledge of Him who hath called
+_me_ to glory and virtue.”
+
+
+
+
+FEELINGS
+
+
+ “Love, joy, peace.”—GAL. v. 22.
+
+FEELINGS clearly have their place in the things of God. Our Christianity
+is based on principles, but still it calls forth the feelings. Now there
+are two great extremes into which we are apt to fall with reference to
+Christian feeling.
+
+There are some whose religion seems to consist in feeling only. They
+look for warm, bright emotions, they bring everything to the standard of
+their feelings, and if they feel as they wish to do they are satisfied.
+Their hearts are warmed by the things of God, and many a cold, phlegmatic
+theologian would be a different being if he could but catch something of
+their feeling.
+
+But still we must put in a caution, for feelings, however bright, are not
+to be trusted unless they rise out of principle and end in practice. If
+you have feeling only—a feeling not based on solid acquaintance with
+Scriptural truth, it will rise like a bubble, and look as beautiful in
+its colours, but it will burst as easily as the bubble does, and even at
+its best estate can never bear the slightest pressure. Here, then, is
+one extreme—the religion of feeling, of emotion, of impression, taking
+the place of the religion of conviction, of principle, of faith.
+
+But there is another extreme: I mean the religion without feeling. Some
+seem to think all emotion, or warmth, or fervour is enthusiasm, and
+settle down satisfied with a cold reception of Christian truth. They may
+be quite correct in their creed, and may really believe all the great
+truths of the Gospel, but their system is to give no expression to
+Christian emotion, and this has a wonderful power of chilling all around
+them.
+
+We must not rest satisfied with an unfeeling consent to Christian truth.
+We want to feel as well as to know, and to have the heart really warmed
+by the tender love of our gracious Saviour. But here I suspect that I
+shall be met by a great difficulty on the part of many of you, for this
+feeling is exactly that which many cannot find. You can understand, but
+you cannot feel. Your great trouble is, that there is such a dreadful
+apathy over your whole soul that nothing seems to rouse it. If this is
+the case consider—
+
+
+
+I. THE FEELINGS, HOWEVER WARM, CAN NEVER JUSTIFY, AND THE WANT OF
+FEELING DOES NOT PREVENT JUSTIFICATION.
+
+
+I have known persons who have long since given up all idea of being
+justified by _works_, who still have a secret clinging to some idea of
+being justified by _feelings_. If they could but feel more—more love,
+more repentance, more warmth—then they think they could trust Christ for
+their acceptance. They have learned, they think, to trust Him if they
+have the feelings, but they would not venture to do so without them.
+
+Now, before they can be happy in Christ they will have to go a step
+deeper, and learn to trust Him when they have not the feelings as well as
+when they have. They must remember that our justification is entirely
+dependent on His atonement and His righteousness, and so it is His free
+gift, freely given to those that are dead in sin. Now a dead man has no
+feelings. If, therefore, we wait for our justification until we have the
+feelings we must wait till we are alive. But the language of Scripture
+is, “God, who is rich in mercy, for His great love wherewith He loved us,
+even when we were dead in sins, hath quickened us together with Christ.”
+{26} Your only hope, therefore, is to trust Him as you are, without
+waiting till you are one atom warmer than you are at this present moment.
+With your heart as cold as you now feel it to be, you must throw yourself
+at once before His feet, and cry, “Lord, save me, I perish.”
+
+Closely connected with this suggestion is another, namely this—
+
+
+
+II. IF YOU WANT TO BE MADE TO FEEL, YOU MUST LOSE NO TIME IN GOING NEAR
+TO A FATHER’S THRONE.
+
+
+You will never feel warm while you stand shivering outside the city. You
+must go inside, even while you are cold, and there have your heart warmed
+by the Lord Himself. Remember that the great heart-warming subject is
+the tender love of God as displayed in Christ Jesus. If the love of
+Christ does not make you feel, nothing else will. Do not, therefore,
+stand afar off gazing on your own coldness, but turn at once to the Cross
+of Christ. Study Him in the garden bowed down under the heavy burden of
+sin; study Him on the cross forsaken even of the Father, and remember
+that all that was borne for you, even for you. Remember there was a
+personal connection between Him and you in the whole of that great
+transaction, and so abide, as it were, gazing on the Lord Jesus, on His
+life, on His meekness, on His burden, on His cry. Pray God that you may
+realize your part in the whole matter. Confess before Him your own cold,
+dead, lifeless condition. Trust Him, as He died for you, to save you
+from it; and so you may hope that, though you feel so cold as you
+approach Him, you may experience something of His love when you gaze on
+Him, and know something even of His joy when you go on your way justified
+through His grace.
+
+
+
+III. REMEMBER WELL THAT FEELING IS THE GIFT OF THE HOLY SPIRIT, AND THAT
+YOU CANNOT WORK YOURSELF UP TO IT.
+
+
+It is very clearly the work of the Holy Spirit to call forth feeling. He
+does not act on the head only, but on the heart also. He opens the
+understanding, but His great office is to make His people feel what they
+already know. Thus of the nine fruits of the Spirit {27a} the first
+three are all emotions. Their seat is neither in the head nor in the
+practice, but they are all feelings of the heart, “Love, joy, peace.”
+They all lead to practice, and all are founded on principle, but all
+three are sacred emotions implanted there by the Holy Ghost Himself.
+
+If, therefore, your cold, unfeeling heart is a real sorrow to you; if the
+trouble of your heart is that your sins trouble you so little, and that
+you feel so coldly towards that Blessed Saviour who has felt for you so
+deeply, rest not content, but throw yourself before God that the Spirit
+of grace and of supplication may enable you to look upon Him whom you
+have pierced, that He may take of the things of Jesus and show them unto
+you; that He may call forth in your soul His own fruits of love, joy, and
+peace, and that so He may answer you the Apostle’s prayer—“The God of
+Hope fill you with all joy and peace in believing.” {27b}
+
+
+
+
+A PEACEFUL DEATH-BED
+
+
+ “Lord, now lettest Thou Thy servant depart in peace, according to Thy
+ word:
+
+ “For mine eyes have seen Thy salvation.”—ST. LUKE ii. 29, 30.
+
+OUR thoughts are often directed to the blessed prospect of our Lord’s
+return, and there cannot be a doubt that His personal coming is the
+crowning hope of the Church of God. At the same time, it is most
+important for us to be, if I may so express it, familiar with the thought
+of the present heaven. The youngest amongst us may be cut down at any
+moment, and the old amongst us must be convinced that our time is short,
+and that our places must soon be filled by others. We ought, therefore,
+to know where we are going, and what it is that awaits us when “the
+earthly house of this tabernacle shall be dissolved.” {28a}
+
+The words of our text, so often chanted in our churches, express a
+sentiment to which, I fear, many who chant them are entire strangers, for
+they express the peaceful readiness with which Simeon was looking forward
+to his death. It had been “revealed unto him by the Holy Ghost, that he
+should not see death, before he had seen the Lord’s Christ.” {28b} He
+had, therefore, spent his latter days waiting and watching for the
+promised Christ, and at length, when the Child was presented in the
+Temple, he saw in that Child the Messiah for whom he had been waiting,
+and then it was that, his hope being fulfilled, he could bless God and
+say, “Lord, now lettest Thou Thy servant depart in peace.”
+
+There are three subjects suggested by his words.
+
+
+
+I. THE VIEW WHICH IS HERE GIVEN OF DEATH.
+
+
+He does not speak of it as annihilation, destruction, or stupefaction,
+but as a departure or removal from one place to another. If a person
+were to depart from this place and go elsewhere, he would simply change
+his home. Until he departs his home is here, but when he departs his
+home is elsewhere.
+
+Is it not exactly the same when the spirit departs from its present home
+and removes to the building of God, the house not made with hands,
+eternal in the heavens? In this case, as in an earthly removal,
+departure implies the continuance of life. Thus I rejoice in the many
+passages in which death is spoken of as a departure. It was clearly the
+idea in the mind of St. Paul, as when he said, “having a desire to
+depart,” {29a} and again, “The time of my departure is at hand.” {29b}
+When those we love are in far distant lands we see them not, but they are
+there; our eyes cannot behold them, nor our ears hear their pleasant
+voices, for they are far away, but that does not lead us to doubt either
+their life, their intelligence, or their affection. Just so it is with
+those that are gone. We no longer hear the voice, or look on the loved
+countenance, but we are fully persuaded that, as spirits, they are living
+elsewhere, that separation is not destruction, and that removal does not
+involve the diminution of the intelligent powers of the living mind.
+
+But if death is thus a departure, where is the place to which the spirit
+goes? Over this point there is a veil thrown in Scripture. If we were
+to know all about it there would be nothing in the knowledge to affect
+our practical conduct, so there is no knowledge given. Nor do we require
+it, for one thing is told us, and that one thing is enough. If assured
+of that one thing we want no more. What, then, is that one thing so
+clearly revealed to us in God’s holy Word? Where shall we find an
+account of it? Let us turn to the language of the Apostle Paul: “I am in
+a strait betwixt two, having a desire to depart, and to be with Christ.”
+{30a} He knew, therefore, that in his departure he should depart to be
+with Christ, in the conscious enjoyment of His perceptible and
+never-ceasing love.
+
+
+
+II. THE SPIRIT IN WHICH THE BELIEVER MAY DIE.
+
+
+This is described in the words of Simeon, “Let thy servant depart in
+peace.” Simeon could look forward to his dying hour in a tranquil spirit
+of calm, resting peace. How often is there care on the heart of the
+dying believer. A father may be leaving his wife and family, who have
+been dependent on him for support; or a mother her children, with the
+strong conviction that there is no substitute for a mother’s love. Let
+no one suppose that there is no trial of faith in such a separation, and
+that it is not, in many cases, very hard to trust. But in Christ Jesus
+there may be peace even in such a parting, and the dying mother, if she
+knows her Saviour, may trust her all into His loving hands, and say, “I
+know whom I have believed, and am persuaded that He is able to keep that
+which I have committed unto Him.” {30b} She has committed her children
+into His care. They are her deposit with God, and she may be at perfect
+peace in the assurance that, though _she_ is departing, _He_ is
+remaining, and will remain a faithful Saviour till every one of those
+dear children is presented safe before His throne.
+
+Let no one suppose that it is not a very solemn thing to die, to be
+suddenly cut off from everything of which we have ever had any
+experience, and to launch out alone into an invisible world. It cannot,
+therefore, be an easy thing to die in peace. But, thanks be to God, we
+believe that the departing spirit passes at once into the loving presence
+of our Redeemer, and why should there not be peace? I believe it is the
+forgetfulness of this personal entrance into the personal presence of a
+personal Saviour that sometimes seems to darken the dying hour. People
+forget those few words, “Thou art with me,” {31a} and then they are
+afraid. But when we rest on those words, and combine them with our
+assured hope, knowing that He is now with us invisibly, and that we are
+going to be with Him visibly, then we shall be able to say, as Simeon
+did, “Lord, now lettest Thou Thy servant depart in peace.”
+
+
+
+III. THE GREAT FOUNDATION OF SIMEON’S PEACEFUL TRUST.
+
+
+His eyes had seen the salvation of God. What he had really seen was the
+promised Messiah, that is, the Lord’s Christ. The little child was the
+promised Saviour, and to him the Saviour was salvation. The Person and
+the Gift were so bound together that they were as one. He could not know
+the Person without the Gift, or enjoy the Gift except through the Person.
+Thus our Lord, more than thirty years afterwards, spoke of Himself as
+“the Salvation,” {31b} when He said, as He entered into the house of
+Zacchæus, “This day is salvation come to this house.” Simeon had what we
+cannot have, something material that he could handle and look upon. His
+hand could handle and his eye could see the little child; and there
+cannot be a doubt that there is in the human mind a craving after
+something visible, tangible, and material. But we have nothing of the
+kind; we cannot hold our salvation in our hands. Neither do we want it
+there. It is safer in the hands of our Lord Himself. But though we
+cannot say, “Mine _eyes_ have seen,” we can say, thanks be to God, “Mine
+_heart_ hath seen,” and we can understand the words, “Whom having not
+seen, ye love.” {32a} There is exactly the same union in that passage
+between the Saviour and the salvation. Receiving Him we receive
+salvation, and beholding Him with the eye of faith we behold, as it were,
+our names written in the Book of Life.
+
+To behold the Saviour is a very personal matter. It is not merely to
+behold Him like a monument on a distant hill, which we can admire, but
+never enter; or as a harbour of refuge which we cannot reach. It must
+not be with us as it was with Balaam when he said, “I shall behold Him,
+but not nigh,” {32b} for the invitation to us is to draw near, and our
+privilege is in our inmost soul to pour out our heart before Him, as
+before One who knows all its secrets, and through His own most precious
+blood has blotted out all its guilt. This has thrown a gleam of sacred
+light into many a death-chamber. May God grant that it may be the same
+with each of us. Let none of us rest until we can say, “Mine eyes have
+seen Thy salvation,” till we not merely know that there is a Saviour, but
+can rest assured that He has saved us, and has made us—even us—heirs of
+God and joint-heirs with Himself in His kingdom.
+
+
+
+
+A PEACEFUL LIFE
+
+
+ “To me to live is Christ.”—PHIL. i. 21.
+
+WE have studied the subject of a peaceful death-bed and I hope we learned
+how to die. Let us now turn our thoughts to a peaceful life and
+endeavour to learn how to live. The two things are bound fast together.
+
+Let us study what St. Paul meant when he said, “To me to live is Christ.”
+When there is any one object, for which, and in which, a person lives, it
+is not an uncommon thing to say it is his life. To a certain extent this
+explains the expression, “To me to live is Christ,” for the Lord Jesus
+Christ was the one absorbing object of St. Paul’s whole life. He thought
+of Him; he leaned on Him; he trusted in Him; he loved Him, and he lived
+for Him. He could not do without Him. If we look at the subject more in
+detail we find three things very clearly taught us in Scripture. Our
+life is hidden _with_ Him, dependent _on_ Him, and devoted _to_ Him.
+
+
+
+HIDDEN WITH HIM
+
+
+In this stormy world we perpetually need a hiding-place, a shelter from
+the storm, and a covert from the blast. And so in the great prophecy of
+our Lord and Saviour revealed in Isaiah, we read of Him, “A man shall be
+as an hiding-place from the wind.” {34a} But three centuries before
+Isaiah uttered that prophecy David had learnt to hide under His care, and
+said of Him, “Thou art my hiding-place.” {34b} The trouble from which he
+was hiding was deep conviction of sin. In consequence of his sin the
+hand of God had been heavy upon him day and night. But at length the
+guilt of his great sin had been blotted out, and as a forgiven man he
+could find shelter in the very God against whom he had transgressed. He
+could hide himself in the love of Him against whom he had sinned, and
+instead of finding the Lord’s hand heavy upon him, he could rejoice in
+the thought that there was a wall of praise around him. Now just in the
+same way our life is said to be hidden with Christ. “Your life is hid
+with Christ in God.” {34c} It is not exposed to the rude shocks of the
+outer world, but is hidden with Him. As _He_ is unseen, so _it_ is
+unseen; but as _He_ is safe at the right hand of the Father, so is _it_
+safe, being laid up in perfect safety as a sure deposit in the
+everlasting fidelity of God. It is on the safety of this deposit that
+our whole life depends. If there were the slightest doubt about it we
+should be like ships drifting on the wide ocean without either chart,
+compass, or anchorage. But now we are safe because indissolubly bound up
+with the Saviour, and so completely is our life identified with Him that
+in the next verse He is described as “Christ our life.” He holds our
+life in His right hand. He is the source, the fountain, and the main
+spring of it all, so that we can well understand the words of St. John,
+“He that hath the Son hath life.” {34d}
+
+
+
+DEPENDENT ON HIM
+
+
+There is a struggle in the human heart for independence. The tendency of
+the day is to throw off all dependence, and, with it, all submission.
+“_I_ will,” “_I_ choose,” “_I_ think,” “_I_ determine,” “_I_ am
+resolved,” is the self-sufficient language of these latter days. Now
+such an one can never say, “To me to live is Christ.” If he say anything
+it should be, “To me to live is self!” But see what a contrast there is
+in the life of the believer. Turn only to one passage in Galatians.
+There you find the “I” crucified; “I am crucified with Christ.” {35} But
+though the “I” is crucified, there is a life that remains for
+“Nevertheless I live.” And now what is the character of this abiding
+life? The latter part of the verse describes it, “Yet not I, but Christ
+liveth in me.” These words tell of a life of habitual dependence. It
+all depends on the in-dwelling Saviour. His in-dwelling, that is life,
+that is the secret of everything. But how is this indwelling realized?
+How is it appropriated or experienced? It is clear that it cannot be
+known by the senses. We cannot see, hear, or handle Him. We must not
+look for anything material. Nor is it connected here with anything
+Sacramental; but it is described as the unspeakable blessing of an
+abiding faith, “The life which I now live in the flesh, I live by the
+faith of the Son of God, who loved me, and gave Himself for me.”
+
+We must not leave the passage without remarking two facts respecting that
+love.
+
+(1) It was shown in propitiation. St. Paul did not merely say, “Who
+loved me,” but adds, “Who gave Himself for me.” There are many proofs of
+His love, but the crowning act of all is propitiation. It is the ransom
+paid in full that is the one hope for the captive, and the supreme
+evidence of the Redeemer’s love.
+
+(2) The love was not merely for all, but according to that passage, “for
+_me_.” One individual is a mere unit in a crowd, no more than a grain of
+sand in an Egyptian desert; so that it seems a very easy thing for any
+one person to be lost in the multitude. But it is the office of God the
+Holy Ghost to apply the work wrought out for _all_ to the special need of
+_each one_.
+
+
+
+DEVOTED TO HIM
+
+
+St. Paul could say, “To me to live is Christ,” for he could also say
+without hesitation that the one thought of his life was his Saviour’s
+glory. He lived for one object, and that one object is described as his
+life. Now we hear a great deal of consecration in these days, and we
+cannot hear too much, if only it is kept in its right place, for there is
+far too little consecration to God amongst us. Consecration is the
+surrender of the whole life to the Lord. It is the setting the Lord
+always before us in all that He calls us to do. We have been loved by
+Him, redeemed by Him, called by Him, and saved by Him; so now we are His.
+We belong to Him altogether. Our powers are no longer our own, but our
+Lord’s; our lives should be no longer occupied for ourselves, but for our
+Lord; so that in us may be carried out the purpose of redeeming love as
+described by St. Paul. “He died for all, that they which live should not
+henceforth live unto themselves, but unto Him which died for them, and
+rose again.” {37}
+
+Shall we live for ourselves or for His glory? For the gratification of
+self, or for the happy, holy, sacred service of Him to whom we owe all
+that we have, and all that we hope for, our Blessed Lord and Saviour
+Jesus Christ?
+
+
+
+
+THE INDWELLING OF THE HOLY SPIRIT
+
+
+ “Ye know Him; for He dwelleth with you, and shall be in you.”—ST.
+ JOHN xiv. 17.
+
+IN this verse our Blessed Lord spoke of the knowledge enjoyed by His
+people. He spoke of the present, and the future; of that which they had
+then at the time that He was with them, and of that which they were about
+to enjoy after the Day of Pentecost, when He would be taken away from
+them. With reference to the present He says “He dwelleth” (or, is
+dwelling) with you, or amongst you; with reference to the future He says
+“He shall be in you.” There are clearly, therefore, two great subjects
+to be considered, the knowledge enjoyed by the disciples when the Lord
+Jesus was still upon earth, and the knowledge enjoyed by all His people
+ever since the Day of Pentecost.
+
+
+
+I. WHEN HE WAS ON EARTH.
+
+
+ “Ye know Him for He dwelleth with you.”
+
+The expression does not describe an internal union within the soul, but
+an external companionship. The meaning is the same as when St. John
+said, “There standeth one among you, whom ye know not.” {38} There they
+were, a little company of disciples, and amongst them in the midst of
+their society, in the room where they were assembled, was abiding, or
+dwelling, the Spirit of Truth.
+
+Now what was the meaning of this declaration? Was it not this? That the
+Holy Spirit was at that time dwelling amongst them as embodied and
+manifested in the Person of the Lord Jesus Christ. Of Him it was said by
+John the Baptist “God giveth not the Spirit by measure unto Him.” {39a}
+So it was said by St. Paul, “In Him dwelleth all the fulness of the
+Godhead bodily.” {39b} And by St. Peter we are taught that He was
+anointed with the Holy Ghost, and God was with Him. {39c}
+
+Consider, then, the Lord Jesus Christ as God manifest in the flesh, as
+the human manifestation of the mind and power of the Holy Ghost, and you
+will see in a moment that while He was on earth the Spirit of Truth was
+dwelling amongst the disciples. Where the Lord Jesus was, there was the
+Spirit; where He dwelt, there the Spirit dwelt; and when He and those
+twelve disciples sat together at the Last Supper, He could say of the
+Spirit of Truth, “Ye know Him for He dwelleth with, or among, you.”
+
+
+
+II. THE KNOWLEDGE ENJOYED BY ALL HIS PEOPLE AFTER HIS DEPARTURE.
+
+
+It was to be very different afterwards. There is an immense change when
+our Lord speaks of what should take place after His departure. It is no
+longer “with,” but “in.” He would be not merely present in their
+company, but abiding in their souls.
+
+In this promise, there are three things requiring our careful notice.
+
+(1) The promise applies not to a company, to a society, to a Church, or
+to any body of men, but _to each individual_. The Holy Spirit will not
+be merely in the midst of a congregation, but a sacred guest in each
+soul. You see this very clearly in the history of the Day of Pentecost.
+{40} The Holy Spirit came on the company, on the Church, for He filled
+all the house where they were sitting. But besides that there was a
+separate personal gift to each person present, for “it sat upon each of
+them and they were all filled with the Holy Ghost.”
+
+(2) The sacred gift is no longer localized or specially enjoyed in one
+place. So long as the Lord Jesus was amongst them where He was, there
+was the Gift. But now, wherever the believer is, there is the Gift. See
+the unspeakable blessedness of this sacred promise. The gift of the
+Spirit is not confined to this place or that. It is the inestimable
+privilege of each individual believer wherever he is, and in whatever
+position it may please God to cast his lot. You may be cut off from the
+means of grace in which you have delighted, but wherever you are, you are
+not cut off from the Spirit of Truth, from the indwelling of the Holy
+Ghost, for He is not limited to time, or place, or circumstance, and
+wherever you go at the Lord’s command, there you will carry His presence
+with you.
+
+(3) He dwells _within_ the soul.
+
+There is this great difference between His presence and that of the most
+faithful and loving of friends. The friend can only judge by the
+outside; the anxious look, the tear in the eye, or the words of sorrow.
+But the Spirit of Truth is within, and He takes note of the inner secrets
+of the soul. He does not wait for any external evidence of what is
+passing. The hidden springs of thought are all open to His eye: the
+secret pain that is never breathed to any one; the hidden hope that
+smoulders in the heart; the subtle temptation that is beginning to grow
+up unperceived, and the yearning of soul after a higher life,—all these
+things are open to Him, and He, dwelling within and knowing all that is
+passing within, can check, can guide, can heal, can help, can supply any
+possible need “according to His riches in glory by Christ Jesus.” {41a}
+
+There is no telling, then, the unspeakable blessing of the Pentecostal
+gift, and we can perfectly understand why it was that our Lord said “It
+is expedient for you that I go away.”
+
+But do we all desire it? “Of course we do,” say some. But it is not at
+all a matter of course. There was no room for Christ in the inn at
+Bethlehem, and there is no room for the Spirit of Truth in many hearts.
+If He dwells within your soul He will humble you and make you to “abhor
+yourself and repent in dust and ashes.” {41b} Do you desire that? If He
+dwells within you, He will wean you from the world and teach you to live
+as one looking for the Kingdom. Do you desire that? If He dwells within
+you He will teach you to give up your own will. Do you desire that? Do
+you desire really to be led by the Spirit, taught by the Spirit to become
+a humble, gentle, and submissive child of God? I fear there are many
+who, when the whole subject is considered, are not prepared to give Him
+an unreserved welcome, and would be tempted to close the door of their
+hearts against His entrance. If the door is opened by them at all, it is
+only set ajar, and not thrown wide open that the King of Glory may enter
+in, in the fulness of His power, and turn out everything that is at
+variance with His will.
+
+But I believe there are many who would hold nothing back and who long
+above all things that the Spirit of Truth may take full possession of
+their souls. Their difficulty is not that they do not wish it, but that
+they can scarcely believe it possible that He should ever dwell in such a
+heart as theirs. They find so much sin there that they can scarcely
+imagine it possible that the Holy Comforter should not be driven from
+them by all that He sees within. No doubt there is quite sufficient to
+drive Him grieved and displeased from His resting-place, and if it were
+not for the everlasting covenant of God, and the precious blood of
+Christ, I can perfectly understand the impossibility of His making such a
+heart His dwelling-place. But the atoning blood alters the whole case.
+The blood of Christ breaks down every barrier. It is a new and living
+way {42} by which not only may you enter boldly into the presence of God,
+but through which the Spirit of God may enter your heart and take full
+possession of it as His own abiding-place.
+
+If you are longing to be filled with the Spirit, you must look straight
+to that cross of Christ. You must remember the fulness of the pardon.
+You must trust to that Atonement as breaking down even the barrier raised
+by your own dark corruption, and, pleading that precious blood, must open
+every avenue of your soul to the Spirit of Truth, that He may enter in
+and there reign supreme.
+
+
+
+
+THE WITNESS—THE LEADER—THE COMMANDER
+
+
+ “Behold, I have given Him for a witness to the people, a leader and
+ commander to the people.”—ISA. lv. 4.
+
+IT is often said that a living head is essential to the well-being of a
+living Church. Nothing can be clearer than the teaching of Scripture
+that our Living Head is in heaven now, seated at the right hand of God.
+
+It is as a Living Head that our Blessed Saviour is here predicted. Three
+rich promises are made by God to every hungering and thirsting
+heart—Life, a Covenant, and a living Head. Life, for He says, “Hear, and
+your soul shall live.” A covenant, for He says, “I will make an
+everlasting covenant with you;” and a Head, for He adds, in the words of
+our text, “Behold I have given Him for a witness to the people, a leader
+and commander to the people.”
+
+The question may arise, “Who is it that is thus given for a witness? Who
+is the person that the people are to recognize as their leader and
+commander?” The prophecy says David. But David, we know, was a typical
+character. He was not merely a king, but a type; a type of Him who was
+to be both his son and his Lord. Accordingly we are taught that the name
+David was applied to the Lord Jesus, for we find the words applied by St.
+Paul to Christ and His resurrection. {44a} We are there taught that when
+God raised up Christ from the dead, He gave us the sure mercies of David.
+The Lord Jesus Christ, therefore, is the Witness, He is the Leader, and
+He the Commander of His people. In other words the risen Redeemer is our
+Living Head.
+
+The text, therefore, directs us to His present action, not to His death
+or even to His life before His death, but to His present Headship at the
+right hand of God. He is
+
+
+
+A WITNESS
+
+
+One who bears a true and faithful testimony. This He did in His life on
+earth, as we learn from His own words when He stood before Pilate. “To
+this end was I born, and for this cause came I into the world, that I
+should bear witness into the truth.” {44b} And this same character He
+maintains in heaven, for at the opening of the Book of Revelation we are
+taught to look for grace and peace “from Jesus Christ the faithful
+witness, the first-begotten from the dead, and the Prince of the kings of
+the earth.” {44c} It is clear that as the “first-begotten,” that is, as
+the risen Saviour, He now acts as a witness.
+
+This is done in two ways. He is a witness to the world, bearing witness
+to God’s great plan of salvation. But more than that He witnesses to the
+heart of each of His own children, assuring them of His faithfulness,
+confirming them in His truth, and doing what David prayed Him to do, “Say
+unto my soul, I am thy salvation.” {44d} There is an outer and an inner
+witness; an outer witness in the power of His Spirit accompanying His
+word, and an inner witness within the souls of His own people; hidden
+from the world and known only to those who enjoy it, that witness of
+which St. John spoke when he said, “He that believeth on the Son of God
+hath the witness in himself.” {45a} And this may teach us an important
+lesson respecting the true nature of faith. It is faith when we receive
+the testimony of the Lord Jesus as an undoubted truth, and, without
+questioning, simply believe Him. There are difficult truths taught in
+His word, and some strangely at variance with human opinion; but true
+faith gives up all and trusts. It makes a complete surrender to Jesus
+Christ, the faithful witness.
+
+
+
+HE IS A LEADER
+
+
+And when we speak of Him as a Leader, we must not connect His office
+merely with the idea of war, for it is the office of peace also. When
+our Lord compares Himself to the Shepherd He says He “leadeth them out.”
+{45b} Nor is His office of a leader given up even in the peaceful rest
+of Heaven. There is a leading Hand even there, for when St. John was
+permitted to look in and to see the great multitude before the Throne,
+the Angel referred him to words from the blessed promise in Isaiah. {45c}
+In heaven, therefore, the promise is both fulfilled and known. It is
+fulfilled, for there the saints of God are refreshed by the living
+waters; and it is known, for the Angel himself, while describing the joys
+of heaven, calls attention to the ancient prophecy, and shows how in the
+peaceful scene around him it was receiving its complete fulfilment.
+
+Now what is implied when we are taught that the Lord Jesus is a Leader
+for His people? It implies much more than teaching, and therefore the
+office of the leader is far beyond that of witness. It would be of but
+little use to explain to a blind man the windings of some narrow path.
+But it would be an act of great kindness to take him by the hand and lead
+him. And this is what our Leader does for us, for He says, “I will bring
+the blind by a way they knew not.” {46a}
+
+Our proud hearts may dislike the dependent position of either the feeble
+or the blind; but, whether we like it or no, we are both blind and
+feeble, unable to trace our path amidst the perplexities of life, and
+equally unable to move safely alone even when the path may be discovered.
+It is, therefore, in mercy and in tender love that God has given Him to
+be a Leader, and our part is to accept the gift and trust Him. When we
+are brought into perplexity, into one of those positions of life where
+two ways seem to meet, we may fall down before Him as our great Leader,
+and say, “For thy name’s sake, lead me and guide me.” {46b} When we find
+ourselves in slippery places and scarcely know how to stand, we may come
+into His presence and cry, “Hold Thou me up, and I shall be safe.” {46c}
+When perplexing doctrine is presented to us, and false teaching abounds
+around us, we may spread out His word which contains His testimony, and
+say, “Shew me Thy ways, O Lord.” {46d} And when we come to the valley of
+the shadow of death, when no human hand can help us, and no human
+sympathy reach our necessities, even then we may be perfectly sure that
+our great Leader will never leave us; but as we part from all friends
+here on earth, and as all earthly helps fade away, we may lean more
+simply and more heavily than ever on Him and say, “Though I walk through
+the valley of the shadow of death, I will fear no evil: for Thou art with
+me.” {47a}
+
+So again for the Church of Christ. Our lot is cast in very perplexing
+times, and those who really care for the Church of God must often have
+their hearts filled with deep anxiety. It is a happy thing to know that
+God has given him to be a Leader of the people, and “Head over all things
+to the Church.” {47b} We may trust Him, therefore, to take care of His
+own truth, and rest assured that amidst all the perplexities of these
+latter days He will guide His own people safe to the end, until every one
+of them appeareth before God.
+
+
+
+HE IS A COMMANDER
+
+
+We cannot say of this office, as we did of the last, that it belongs to
+peace, for it is one peculiar to war. The commander is for the
+battle-field, and still more for the well-arranged campaign. Thus our
+Lord is presented to us as a Commander in the book of Revelation. {47c}
+He then appears in His royal character, and at the same time heading His
+army. He encounters all the powers of the world, but he is surrounded by
+a little company of faithful followers, and He leads them on to victory.
+
+The Church of God must be prepared for conflict. Till the Lord comes sin
+will give the Church no peace. Till Satan is trampled down under His
+feet, he will never rest in his deadly warfare against the Lord Jesus and
+His little flock. The soldier of Christ must be a man of war.
+
+The great Commander will have His own chosen and faithful followers—“they
+that are with Him are called, and chosen, and faithful.” {48a} They are
+marked from the world by a clear line of separation. They bear His name;
+they wear His uniform; they rally round His banner; they are not ashamed
+of His reproach; and wheresoever He goeth there it is their joy to follow
+Him. There is no service like His, no commander so perfect, no struggle
+so noble, no victory so certain and so glorious.
+
+If we really be amongst the chosen band of faithful followers, our one
+standard in life must be the will of our great Commander. We must be
+watching each signal from Him, and owning no authority but His. From
+first to last our spirit must be that of Saul of Tarsus, “Lord, what wilt
+Thou have me to do?” {48b} This may sometimes imply a painful surrender,
+a surrender of ease, and inclination, and, hardest of all, of pride. But
+the soldier in the earthly army yields at once to his commanding officer,
+and how much more should we, when He has chosen us to be His people,
+blotted out our sins by His blood, called us into His own fellowship,
+sealed us with His seal, and made us heirs of His Kingdom?
+
+
+
+
+FAITH AND EFFORT
+
+
+ “Our God shall fight for us.”—NEH. iv. 20.
+
+I CAN imagine nothing better calculated to make a people calm, peaceful,
+and courageous, than to be able to say in faith, “Our God shall fight for
+us.” If we can say this, we may think on our country and rest assured
+that, whatever happens, all is safe. If we can say this, we may look
+upon God’s people struggling for His truth, sometimes sorely pressed and
+sometimes quite disheartened; but when we look on Him whom God has given
+to be a Leader and Commander of the people, we may take courage that all
+will be well, for He is our God, and He will fight for us. Or, we may
+look at our own personal difficulties, at the temptation without by which
+we are surrounded, and the proneness to yield within, which renders us
+perpetually liable to its power; and sometimes we may be ready to ask the
+question, Can such as we are ever gain the victory? But, if we can but
+say in faith, “Our God shall fight for us,” then, weak as we are, we may
+look forward to a triumph, and say even beforehand, “Thanks be to God
+which giveth us the victory.”
+
+But there are few cases in which this language of faith was more
+appropriate than when originally spoken by Nehemiah. Nehemiah was one of
+the most beautiful characters to be met with in all history. I know of
+no one in whom there was a greater combination of practical,
+business-like habits, with true, simple-minded, childlike faith. When
+acting as cup-bearer to the King of Babylon, he heard of the desolation
+of Jerusalem, and obtained permission to return thither in order to
+rebuild the walls and restore the city. The Jews at the time were so
+exceedingly feeble, that the onlookers laughed them to scorn. But, when
+once the work was begun, contempt was exchanged for indignation, and
+Sanballat with others “conspired all of them together to come and to
+fight against Jerusalem, and to hinder it.” Then it was that Nehemiah
+used these words for the great encouragement of all who were working with
+him, and said, “Our God shall fight for us.”
+
+But while he thus spoke with the full assurance of confiding faith, he
+was not led by that faith to negligence. True faith never leads to
+negligence. It always stimulates exertion and rouses men to hopeful
+energy. So it did in the case of Nehemiah, for the same verse which
+contains the assurance contains also the spirit of active preparation.
+We will study the conduct of Nehemiah as furnishing an illustration of
+the union of faith and effort, examining first his effort, then his
+faith.
+
+
+
+I. THE EFFORT MADE.
+
+
+It was made under very discouraging circumstances. The city was in
+ruins, the walls were in heaps, and there were only a few restored
+captives to labour for their restoration. Now, in what spirit did these
+feeble Jews rise to their work?
+
+(1) They all worked together.
+
+There was just such an united and harmonious action as we long to witness
+in the Church of God. It is an old proverb that “union is strength.” In
+this case the whole wall was portioned out and all classes united. First
+came the High Priest and his brethren, next the men of Jericho, soon
+followed by the carpenters, the goldsmiths, and the apothecaries. Then
+came the ruler of the half part of Jerusalem, followed by Shallum and his
+daughters; further on we read of Baruch, who set an example to the whole
+company, for he _earnestly_ repaired the portion entrusted to his care,
+till at length the circuit was complete.
+
+(2) They worked with a will.
+
+There is such a thing as work without a will. There is the dull, lazy
+work of the idle man, and the mechanical work of those who take no
+interest in what they are about. Just as in religion, there is the
+languid performance of a routine as different as possible to the real
+wrestling with God in faith. There is no soul in it, and who can wonder
+if there is no result? In this case there was rapid result, and they
+built the wall, and the reason is given, “for the people had a mind to
+work.” {51} An important lesson this for every Christian effort.
+
+(3) They made real sacrifices for their work. It must have been a sore
+inconvenience to these men to leave their own occupations and to labour
+on the wall; but they laboured night and day till the wall rose from its
+ruins. Oh, that we had more of this spirit in the Church of God! Would
+that we knew better how to give to Him so as to pinch ourselves; to give
+our time, our money, our painstaking, our real self-denying work, in
+order to glorify God, and show that we live not unto ourselves, but unto
+Him that died for us and rose again.
+
+
+
+II. THEIR FAITH.
+
+
+This showed itself in three ways.
+
+(1) In prayer.
+
+Nehemiah was a man of prayer. When any trouble arose, his heart turned
+as if by an holy instinct to God, and so, when Tobiah mocked their
+efforts, Nehemiah gave no rough answer, but he turned his heart upwards
+and said, “Hear, O our God, for we are despised.” {52a} How much bitter
+strife would be avoided in the world if men acted like Nehemiah, and,
+instead of retorting, spread out their provocations before God.
+
+But the conduct of the opponents soon turned from mockery to war, and
+there was a plan to attack the rising walls. But the attack was met just
+in the same way as the insult. In both cases he gave himself to prayer.
+I cannot imagine a better illustration of the praying believer than the
+words in verse 9, “Nevertheless we made our prayer unto our God, and set
+a watch against them day and night.” They heard of the conspiracy, and
+at once spread the intelligence before God; but, having done so, they did
+not consider that prayer superseded effort, but day and night they set
+their watch on the walls. Had they watched without praying, they would
+have been trusting to their own forethought; and had they prayed without
+watching, they would have tempted God to leave them. But they watched
+and they prayed, and they prayed and they watched, and so they acted in
+the spirit of the words in aftertimes spoken to us, “Watch and Pray.”
+{52b}
+
+(2) Their faith showed itself also in the recognition of what God had
+done for them. Faith not only asks God’s help, but acknowledges it. It
+gives Him thanks for His action as well as asks Him to act; so when the
+danger was past we find Nehemiah ascribing it all to the good hand of God
+on his efforts. He did not say, “When we had defeated their plans,” but
+“When God had brought their counsel to nought.” {53}
+
+(3) Faith looks forward to the future. When the workmen were all at
+their posts; when the builders laboured, every one having his sword
+girded by his side; when the trumpeter stood by the chief, ready at any
+moment to sound the alarm; when the voice of prayer had been heard day
+and night all along the line of the rising walls; when all had been done
+that man could do—then the heart rose high above all that man had done,
+and in calm, confident trust, Nehemiah assures the people, saying, “Our
+God shall fight for us.” He had made preparation, but he trusted to God
+for victory. He was at the head of a feeble people, but he was the
+servant of the Most High God. He knew that the battle was not to the
+strong, nor the race to the swift; so he rested his hope on the strong
+hand of his God, and in simple faith he trusted Him to give the victory.
+
+
+
+
+THE JOY OF THE LORD
+
+
+ “By whom also we have access by faith into this grace wherein we
+ stand, and rejoice in hope of the glory of God. And not only so, but
+ we glory in tribulations also.”—ROM. v. 2, 3.
+
+THE joy of the Lord is a subject that goes to the heart of many. Some
+are rejoicing in the Lord, while others are longing to be partakers of
+it; it is a gift after which their heart is yearning.
+
+Let us consider the real foundation of true, solid, well-founded joy. In
+these two verses there is a description of the joy and its power. There
+is the joy, for “we rejoice in hope of the glory of God,” and there is
+the power of that joy, for it rises above the troubles of life, and we
+rejoice “even in tribulation.” There is, therefore, such a bright hope
+of the coming glory, that we may go on our way with a thankful heart,
+rejoicing in the Lord; and there is such a manifestation of the love of
+Christ in the soul by the power of the Holy Ghost, that the distress of
+tribulation is overpowered, and even in the midst of sorrow there may be
+an abiding joyfulness in Christ Jesus the Lord.
+
+Observe the foundation of this joy, and see how it is the consequence of
+our sure standing in Christ Jesus. When we rejoice in hope of the glory
+of God, and rejoice even in tribulation, this joy is the consequence of a
+previous transaction, and the result of our occupying a new position. We
+have had access, or admission, and are now standing in His grace. It is
+the standing in that grace that is the foundation of the joy of hope.
+This leads us to the question, “What is the grace?”
+
+The word “grace” has different meanings in Scripture. Sometimes it means
+the inward work of God the Holy Ghost in the soul, as when it says, “Grow
+in grace.” {55a} But this cannot be our standing-ground, for the simple
+reason that it is imperfect and variable. But this is not the only
+meaning of the word, or nearly so, for it is used for any great gift of
+love and mercy bestowed in God’s free favour on His people. We have to
+consider what is the free gift or favour into which we have had access,
+and which is now our standing-ground. This question the context must
+decide; and it seems to me impossible to study that context, without
+coming to the conclusion that the grace here referred to is that which
+must ever be the real resting place for those who are convinced of sin, a
+righteousness imputed in the free grace of God. {55b}
+
+This, then, is the grace in which we stand, the grace of imputation, the
+gracious gift of a righteousness reckoned, counted, or imputed to us when
+we do not deserve it; the marvellous mercy through which we are accounted
+righteous, accepted as righteous, beloved as righteous, and finally saved
+as righteous, although we are not really so in fact, and although we are
+conscious in our own hearts of matter for the most profound humiliation
+before God. Who can wonder that we rejoice in hope when we are placed in
+mercy on such a standing-ground as that?
+
+This, you observe, is a work _for_ us, and not _in_ us, and therefore
+never varies. The work _in_ us is perpetually changing. It is a
+progressive work, and its progress is sometimes much more rapid than at
+others. But the work _for_ us does not go up and down with the work _in_
+us; it is unchangeable, like God Himself. The righteousness imputed is
+the righteousness of God, and therefore perfect and unchangeable. It
+changeth not for the simple reason that He changeth not, and therefore
+always, in cloud as well as sunshine, in dark days as well as bright, in
+the hour of tribulation as well as in the season of unmixed prosperity,
+in the times of deepest humiliation as well as in those of emotion and
+encouragement, the justified believer may rejoice in Him, and triumph in
+the God of his salvation. It is this that gives its security to hope,
+this that makes us sure of its never failing. If we were relying on all
+the varied changes of our own feelings, there might be joy one day and
+despair the next; but while we stand in the grace of imputed
+righteousness, our hope has a foundation that can never give way, and
+therefore we may accept the joy without a fear, and rejoice in hope of
+the glory of God.
+
+What is the great principle within the soul which constitutes our
+standing in this grace?
+
+To this question we shall find an answer in the words of St. Paul, “Thou
+standest by faith.” {56} And this is exactly what is taught us in this
+passage. In verse 1, we are taught that it is by faith that we are
+justified; and then, in verse 2, we learn that it is by faith that we
+have access into this grace wherein we stand. From first to last,
+therefore, it is a matter of faith. The whole secret of our standing,
+and of the joy that follows from it, is found in that one word “trust.”
+Trust the Lord Jesus Christ as your finished Sacrifice and your living
+Lord, and you stand on the rock. Let your trust rest on anything else,
+on your feelings, your thoughts, your experience, your intentions, or
+your religious efforts, and you will be no better than men endeavouring
+to walk steadily on the waves of the sea. But trust Christ _as_ you are,
+_where_ you are, and that without putting even your own trust between you
+and Him, and you may go on your way rejoicing in Him, and need never
+cease to give thanks for a foundation so solid and a grace so free.
+
+
+
+
+THE WORK OF THE LORD
+
+
+ “Be ye steadfast, immovable, always abounding in the work of the
+ Lord, forasmuch as ye know that your labour is not in vain in the
+ Lord.”—1 COR. xv. 58.
+
+WE have lately studied “the joy of the Lord,” and now I am anxious that
+our thoughts should be turned to another subject, which is much more
+intimately connected with it than many seem to suppose, that is, the work
+of the Lord. The joy of the Lord imparts strength for service, and the
+service of the Lord increases joy. There is action and reaction between
+the two.
+
+
+
+WHAT IS MEANT BY THE WORK OF THE LORD?
+
+
+It is _work_—work with all the self-denial that accompanies steady work.
+
+It is work _for_ the Lord. When we say that a father works for his
+family, or a servant for his master, it does not mean that such an one
+simply goes about his own business, but it does mean that he has a
+particular person in view, and that he is working for him. We are such
+poor, frail creatures that there is a constant tendency to admit bye
+motives in our work. I know how hard it is to preserve a single eye to
+the glory of God. One’s own reputation and the great pleasure of one’s
+own success have a constant tendency to introduce false motives. What we
+want is to lose sight of self altogether, and to remember that if we are
+doing the work _of_ the Lord, we are doing it _for_ the Lord.
+
+It is work _from_ the Lord. It is the work to which the Lord has
+appointed each of us. When God called Barnabus and Paul, He said,
+“Separate them for the work whereunto I have called them.” {59a} Now we
+are not called to the Apostleship, but I believe there is not an
+individual amongst us who is not called by God to a certain work in His
+service. The Church of God is said to be “compacted by that which every
+joint supplieth.” {59b} There is not, therefore, a joint in the whole
+body that is not to supply something. All who are in Christ Jesus are
+the children of God, and all are called to work in His service, the
+strong man in the fulness of his strength, or the suffering invalid laid
+low with broken health.
+
+This, then, being the character of the work of the Lord, let us turn to
+the encouragement which God has given, and the root from which it
+springs.
+
+
+
+THE ENCOURAGEMENT.
+
+
+There are some things in our Christian life which we think, some which we
+hope, and some which we know. We know some, for they are assured to us
+in God’s word, and we are fully persuaded that His word is true. Now
+here is one of the things we know, know as a matter of certainty without
+the possibility of doubt. We know that our labour is not in vain in the
+Lord. It may often appear to us exceedingly feeble and defective: we may
+be ashamed and humbled at its multiplied shortcomings: we may look back
+upon it honeycombed, as it were, by mistakes: we may be conscious that we
+have left undone those things that we ought to have done, and we may be
+painfully aware that nothing has been done as it ought to have been done
+for God, but still we are assured that it will not be in vain. When
+Samuel was but a child, “the Lord was with him, and did let none of his
+words fall to the ground,” {60a} and we may be sure that He will not let
+one word spoken in His name fall to the ground now. If the Lord is with
+you, no one thing that you ever do for Him will be in vain. You may not
+see the fruit of it, or if you do it may be after years of waiting, but
+the Lord knows all about it. He sees exactly what you are doing, or
+saying, or giving, or praying, and the book of remembrance is written
+before Him. You yourself may be one of God’s hidden ones, and in the day
+when He makes up His jewels, {60b} you may meet then with others, hidden
+like yourself, to whom your labour, however feeble, has been blessed in
+His mercy. Cleave, then, to the work of the Lord without wavering. Let
+no discouragements dishearten you, hold steadily on your way, faint yet
+pursuing, being perfectly assured that what God has promised He is able
+also to perform, and that even your poor service will not be in vain in
+the Lord.
+
+
+
+THE ROOT FROM WHICH ALL SUCH WORK MUST SPRING.
+
+
+It is not all kinds of labour to which the promise is attached, for there
+is a great deal of labour that is altogether in vain. “Except the Lord
+build the house, they labour in vain that build it.” {60c} And the
+distinction is very clearly taught us here, for the work here spoken of
+is a labour “in the Lord.” It teaches how work is the consequence of
+union; that we do not do the work of the Lord in order that by doing it
+we may attain to union, but that the union comes first and the work of
+the Lord follows as its result. There will be no fruit on the branch if
+there is not first a union with the vine. There is no hope, therefore,
+of any man winning to himself a union with Christ by any amount of
+painstaking in work. If your heart is yearning for that union, you must
+accept it as a free gift because Christ Jesus, the Son of God, has
+redeemed you by His own most precious blood, and you must do so just as
+you are, without waiting for even one more effort in His service. You
+must be “in the Lord” before you can “labour in the Lord,” and that union
+must be the free gift of His unmerited grace. You must be created in Him
+unto good works before you will do anything for His glory. {61}
+
+
+
+
+CHRISTIAN EXPERIENCE IN THE CONFIRMATION OF FAITH
+
+
+ “Because Thou hast been my help, therefore in the shadow of Thy wings
+ will I rejoice.”—PSA. lxiii. 7.
+
+I WISH to speak on the important use of Christian experience in the
+confirmation of faith. I say in the confirmation of faith, for there is
+the widest possible difference between confirmation and commencement.
+Experience may confirm the faith when it already exists, but the faith
+must obviously be there before there can be any experience of its result.
+
+At the outset of our Christian course we have nothing to do but throw
+ourselves absolutely in naked trust on the sure promises of the covenant
+of God, and rest exclusively on what He has done and promised. We have
+nothing then to do with our own history, our own feelings, or our own
+progress, it is Christ and Christ alone on whom the soul must rest for
+life. And so, if we look to the real foundation of faith, it must be to
+the last day of our pilgrimage. It is a fatal-moment for us if we are
+led to look away for a single moment from Him. But at the same time we
+must remember that we are not always at the beginning of our Christian
+life. One who has trusted the Lord Jesus Christ and walked with Him for
+many years is not in the same position as one who is to-day seeking Him
+for the first time. He has had the experience of the loving-kindness of
+the Lord. He has never found Him to fail in any of the anxieties of his
+life, and if he could trust many years ago when he had nothing but the
+bare promise, how much more may he trust the Saviour now when the truth
+of His word has been tried and tested in all the varied experiences of
+life?
+
+The Lord Jesus Christ is described as “a sure foundation;” {63a} sure,
+because He is the foundation laid by God; sure, because of His own
+eternal Godhead; sure, therefore, as an object of simple trust before a
+person has had any experience of His grace. To the trembling sinner who
+has hitherto been a total stranger to Him, and has never known anything
+of His love, even to him He is a sure foundation, and though knowing Him
+only through the word, that trembling sinner may come to Him and trust.
+But according to that same verse He is also a tried foundation. He has
+been tried by the whole church of God for eighteen centuries and has
+never once been found to fail any one that has come to Him in faith. He
+has been tried by us who have known Him for the greater part of our
+lives, and we are not to ignore all He has done for us, but say, as St.
+John did, not merely that we have believed, but that “we have known and
+believed the love that God hath towards us.” {63b}
+
+Now this is the principle of the text. The Psalm was written when David
+was in great trouble, having taken flight from Saul in the wilderness of
+Judah. He was there hidden in such caves as Adullam, and cut off from
+the sanctuary of God. But it is a very cheerful and thankful Psalm. He
+was not downhearted because of his troubles, but he had such an assurance
+of the loving-kindness of the Lord that his heart was full of praise. He
+could praise Him, and that with joyful lips, even in the wilderness. The
+reason was that he could trust Him, and though he was only a young man
+his trust had been confirmed by experience. He had been in difficulty
+almost the whole time since his call, but he had found a strong arm with
+him all the way, and therefore he said, “Because thou has been my help,
+therefore in the shadow of Thy wings will I rejoice.” In this verse
+there are two things to be observed—
+
+
+
+I. THE THANKFUL RECOGNITION OF HELP ALREADY GIVEN.
+
+
+The Lord had helped him through many difficulties and he thankfully
+recognized the help. We do not know to what particular act of help he
+referred. It may have been to his victory over Goliath, or to the escape
+from the javelin of Saul. Or it may be to the daily, hourly help given
+to his own soul in all the difficulties of his situation; to that help
+which finds no place in history, but which is the unceasing source of
+life and strength to the child of God. But whatever was the peculiar
+character of the help, it is perfectly clear that it was accepted and
+recognized. He asked for help, he found it, he acknowledged it, and he
+was thankful for it.
+
+Let us learn the lesson that we should not be always praying for help,
+and fearing to acknowledge it when given. It is our privilege to ask for
+the gift, but it is also both our privilege and duty to acknowledge it.
+
+
+
+II. THE JOYFUL ASSURANCE FOR THE FUTURE.
+
+
+He knew that he believed in a God that changeth not, just as we believe
+that the Lord Jesus Christ is “the same yesterday, to-day, and for ever,”
+{64} and the result was the assurance that He who had helped him thus far
+would help him to the end. He knew that his God would not change, and
+therefore he was happy and confident though he was in “a dry and thirsty
+land.” {65a} His joy did not depend on circumstances, but on God, and
+being confident in His unchanging grace he could be happy anywhere. He
+used to delight in the Sanctuary, and we read in verse 2 how he had there
+seen in his own soul God’s power and glory. But the same Lord who had
+helped him in the Sanctuary would help him also in the cave, and
+therefore he was not an unhappy man even in the wilderness, but he said,
+“Because Thy loving-kindness is better than life, my lips shall praise
+Thee.”
+
+And this was no new principle in his mind, for we find him acting on it
+when he was quite a youth. It was the principle that carried him into
+the conflict with Goliath, for when Saul dissuaded him from the attempt,
+he said, “The Lord that delivered me out of the paw of the lion, and out
+of the paw of the bear, He will deliver me out of the hand of this
+Philistine.” {65b} Thus the recognition of past help ought to lead to
+confident trust. If we have found help actually given, if we have reason
+to believe that God is helping now, we may boldly look forward into the
+future, and be perfectly confident that He will help to the end.
+
+
+
+
+THE COMING OF THE LORD
+
+
+ THE PRACTICAL EFFECT OF THIS BLESSED HOPE ON THE LIFE AND CHARACTER
+
+ “Be ye also patient; stablish your hearts: for the coming of the Lord
+ draweth nigh.”—ST. JAMES v. 8.
+
+THE hope of the near approach of the Lord’s coming should lead us to sit
+light to the world and the things of it. There is no greater temptation
+besetting our path than that of becoming entangled in the things of the
+world. We are for ever spinning cobwebs for our own bondage, and being
+then caught in our own web. Hence the importance of the weaning power of
+the blessed hope of the near coming of our Lord and Saviour. This
+applies in sorrow.
+
+There were sorrows in the days of St. Paul, just as there are now, and he
+never taught us not to weep. What he did teach was that we “should not
+sorrow as those that have no hope.” The character of the sorrow may be
+changed. And what was the power that should thus change the character of
+grief? The next verse supplies the answer. “For if we believe that
+Jesus died and rose again, even so them also which sleep in Jesus will
+God bring with Him.” {66} We may look forward, therefore, to His speedy
+return, when the graves of those who are in Christ shall open, and when
+all sorrow will be lost for eternity in the blessed privilege of being
+“ever with the lord.” {67a} Is not such a hope enough to change the
+character of grief?
+
+This blessed hope changes also the character of our joy.
+
+Just as it gives a tone to sorrow, so also it does to joy. It makes it
+sober and solid. It gives it a quiet, peaceful, abiding character. Turn
+to the words of St. Paul. “Rejoice in the Lord always, and again I say,
+Rejoice.” {67b} And observe the verse that follows: “Let your moderation
+be known unto all men. The Lord is at hand.” Let your joy be the sober
+joy of men who believe that the coming of the Lord is at hand; the calm,
+well-assured, abiding joy of those who, being in the Lord, are persuaded
+that they will be with the Lord for ever.
+
+And the same effect will follow with reference to all our possessions.
+
+Let no one suppose we are not to prize those precious gifts which God has
+given us. Ought we to think lightly of money, time, influence, power?
+By no means; but if we believe that the coming of the Lord is near we
+must sit light to it all, for it will all soon give place to the glories
+of His kingdom. Remember St. Paul’s thrilling words: “The time is
+short,” {67c} and the exhortation that follows to “use this world, as not
+abusing it.”
+
+If we believe that the Lord’s coming is near we must wake up and trim our
+lamps.
+
+We must never forget that real, true believers may grow cold, and dull,
+and sleepy. Thus even the wise virgins were asleep when the Bridegroom
+came. But they were thoroughly prepared, so they were up in a moment
+when they heard the cry, and, having trimmed their lamps, were ready.
+Now, the thought of His appearing should have this effect on ourselves.
+Who is there amongst us that does not want to be quickened; to be aroused
+to fresh energy for God; to have the soul filled with a holy fervour, and
+the whole heart glowing with the love of Christ? Who is there that
+should not desire to respond with every faculty he possesses to the
+stirring appeal of St. Paul: “And that, knowing the time, that now it is
+high time to awake out of sleep: for now is our salvation nearer than
+when we believed. The night is far spent, the day is at hand.” {68a}
+Shall we sleep on as if the old world were going on for ever? Do we
+really believe that “the Bridegroom cometh,” {68b} and shall we not trim
+our lamps without one moment’s delay in order that when He comes He may
+find them burning brightly to His glory?
+
+If we are looking for the speedy coming of the Lord, it should lead to a
+calm, happy, peaceful hope in the midst of the turmoils of the latter
+days.
+
+There is nothing to lead us to expect a calm termination to the present
+state of things. Our Lord when He comes will come riding, as it were, on
+the whirlwind and the storm. It is a very common thing to find a bar
+with heavy breakers on it at the mouth of the finest harbours, and so we
+must be prepared for a stormy sea as we enter the haven of rest. Our
+Lord taught this very clearly when He said, “There shall be signs in the
+sun, and in the moon, and in the stars; and upon the earth distress of
+nations, with perplexity; the sea and the waves roaring.” {68c} And now
+observe the effect of these events on different characters. Through the
+world at large they produce what may be called a panic—“Men’s hearts
+failing them for fear.” {69a} But how is it to be with the people of
+God? Are their hearts to fail them for fear? No, for we read, “When
+these things begin to come to pass, then look up, and lift up your
+heads.” {69b} They are not to be bowed down, but to hold their head
+erect, and with a confident spirit to look up full of hope. And why?
+What is it that is to make so vast a difference between the two
+characters? How can we explain the contrast? It is all explained in the
+latter part of that verse—“For your redemption draweth nigh.” It is
+perfectly clear that by redemption is here meant the final deliverance,
+for in the previous verse {69c} we read of the final coming of the
+Deliverer. That calm peace, therefore, is the blessed result of a
+blessed hope. God’s people will know that the Deliverer is at hand, and
+therefore will not be afraid. They will believe God’s Holy Word, and
+therefore what alarms others will cheer them. The same storm which sinks
+the great ironclads outside will bring their little bark into harbour.
+They will know what it all means, and, with God’s Word in their hand,
+they will know who is reigning, and will see in all that is frightening
+others the predicted signs of His near approach.
+
+
+
+ONE WORD IN CONCLUSION.
+
+
+The word “redemption” has a double sense in common use. It is sometimes
+used for atonement or propitiation simply, and sometimes for the great
+deliverance which is the consequence of the great propitiation. It is
+clear that in this passage it is used for deliverance. But another thing
+is equally clear, namely, this—that we shall never be able to rest in the
+hope of the deliverance unless we are first taught to rest for
+forgiveness on the completed propitiation. Redemption by power is the
+consequence of redemption by blood. It is the redemption by power of
+which the Lord said “He draweth nigh;” but we shall never be able to lift
+up our heads, and look up in joy to the prospect, unless we first know in
+our own souls the unspeakable blessing of that redemption by blood which
+has long since been completed for ever. It is only when we know Jesus
+Christ and Him crucified that we can look up in calm, peaceful confidence
+to Jesus Christ and Him glorified.
+
+
+
+
+“WITH” AND “BY”
+
+
+ “And when they were come, and had gathered the Church together, they
+ rehearsed all that God had done with them, and how He had opened the
+ door of faith onto the Gentiles.”—ACTS xiv. 27.
+
+THERE are few institutions of greater antiquity than the missionary
+meeting. It is truly apostolic in its origin. The first such meeting of
+which we read was held at Antioch after the return of St. Paul from his
+first missionary journey. It was from Antioch he set off, having been
+commended by the brethren to the grace of God; and it was at Antioch,
+after his return, that he gathered together the Church and rehearsed to
+them all that God had done with them in his journey. This is the great
+subject of his address, and will suggest three subjects of inquiry for
+ourselves.
+
+
+
+I. WHAT HAD BEEN DONE?
+
+
+In the first place, the door of faith had been opened to the Gentiles.
+Surely by “the door of faith” we must understand that “new and living
+way” of which we read in Hebrews. {71} And what is that way? Is not
+this explained by the previous verse, “Having, therefore, boldness to
+enter into the holiest by the blood of Jesus.” It is the free access to
+the throne of Grace through the finished, final propitiation, there
+described as “the blood of Jesus.” When He died, the veil of the temple
+was rent in twain from the top to the bottom, and the mercy-seat was laid
+open to the sinner drawing near in faith, and the invitation was
+proclaimed to all. The throne of righteousness became the throne of
+mercy, and the throne of judgment became approachable even to the sinner,
+for it was transformed into a throne of grace.
+
+This is the door of faith that had been opened to the Gentiles, and it is
+very difficult for us to realize all that was involved in such a fact.
+There was a middle wall of partition between Jew and Gentile which kept
+them as wide asunder as if there had been no common Saviour. But now St.
+Paul reported that the middle wall had been broken down. {72a} Every
+stone of it had been swept away, and, according to the covenant of God,
+all were invited as one flock around one Shepherd.
+
+But this was not all that had been done. The great work of that
+missionary journey was the turning of the hearts of both Jews and
+Gentiles to enter in by that open door. It is one thing to set a door
+open before a person, but often a much more difficult thing to induce him
+to enter in. Now the great result of this journey was that many precious
+souls were brought in through the open door, and in Christ Jesus were
+saved. This was the work of which St. Paul gave an account on his return
+to Antioch. If he mentioned individuals he doubtless told them of
+Sergius Paulus, the Roman pro-consul at Paphos, that “prudent man,” {72b}
+one of the first converts given to the Apostle. Then, again, he
+doubtless told them of the great multitude both of the Jews and also of
+the Greeks in Iconium who believed. {72c} And if he were asked as to the
+reality of the work in their souls, he doubtless told them of the
+beautiful character of the Christians in the other Antioch, Antioch of
+Pisidia, of whom it is said, “the disciples were filled with joy, and
+with the Holy Ghost.” {73}
+
+They had, indeed, entered in by the open door. They had tasted the joy
+of the living way, they had been brought under the shadow of the
+mercy-seat. They had sat down under His shadow with great delight, and
+had found the fruit sweet to their taste. So marvellous had been the
+change that the very men who before this memorable journey had been
+living, some in Jewish hostility, and some in heathen abomination, were
+now happy, holy, thankful believers, and were actually filled with the
+Holy Ghost. We see, then, what had been done. The next question is—
+
+
+
+II. WHO WAS THE DOER?
+
+
+St. Paul and St. Barnabas were the principal agents, and of these St.
+Paul was the chief speaker, but it was not he who changed the hearts or
+filled the disciples with joy and with the Holy Ghost. So he did not
+tell what _he_ had done, but what God had done. The drawing of the
+sinner, whether Jew or Gentile, into the new or living way was a Divine
+act. To open the heart required a Divine power as much as to open the
+door. It is important for us clearly to bear in mind this principle,
+that the power to enter in is of itself the gift of God—that we must
+trust Him not only to save us when we have entered in, but to enable us
+to enter in; not only to show mercy on us when we have come near to Him,
+but to draw us near by His own Spirit.
+
+
+
+III. IN WHAT WAY DID THE LORD MAKE USE OF HUMAN AGENCY?
+
+
+There are two expressions employed which throw great light on the
+subject. In this verse we read of the things which God had done _with_
+them, and the same expression occurs in Acts xv. 4. But if we pass on to
+Acts xv., we find it stated that “God had wrought upon the Gentiles _by_
+them.” {74a} The one expression implies companionship, the other
+instrumentality. Consider them separately.
+
+(1) “With.”
+
+The idea is that throughout the journey our Lord was literally fulfilling
+His promise. “I am with you alway.” {74b} They went out to preach in
+His name and He went with them, as their constant, never-failing, though
+invisible, companion and friend. Thus, while they were acting, He was
+acting also. The two were acting together, and so fulfilling the one
+purpose of God. The action of the Lord was giving effect to the action
+of the preacher, though in some cases it was quite independent of it.
+Take the case of Lydia as an illustration. {74c} St. Paul preached to
+that little company assembled at the place of prayer by the riverside at
+Phillipi. There was the action of the preacher. But now look at the
+action of the Lord working with him. By His fore-seeing providence He
+had brought Lydia from her home at Thyatira, and by His guiding Spirit
+had brought St. Paul from his work in Asia Minor. It was He that brought
+them both to the same spot on that Sabbath morning. Then, again, while
+St. Paul was preaching the Lord was acting, for He was acting with His
+servant, first by the preparatory leading of His providence, and
+afterwards by the heart-opening movement of the Holy Ghost
+
+(2) And this leads me to the other expression, “_by_.” This expresses
+something different to companionship, for it teaches that in thus drawing
+sinners to Himself He makes use of men as instruments. In the case of
+Lydia the Lord opened her heart, but the things which were spoken by St.
+Paul were the instrument which God employed to lead her to the faith. It
+was not without instrumentality, but by it, that God acted. It is
+important to bear this in mind—that human instrumentality is not in
+antagonism to faith. We must remember the “by” as well as the “with,”
+and that when God has given means, we do not honour Him by neglecting or
+ignoring them. St. Paul was most anxious to urge on the Corinthians that
+it was God alone who gave the increase, but while he did so he was not
+deterred from adding that he had planted and Apollos watered. {75} We
+know that God is a Sovereign, and that He, if He pleased, could gather in
+the whole company of His elect without the use of any one man to work for
+Him; but we know also that “by us” the preaching is to be fully known,
+and we are fully persuaded that if we are to look for a harvest we must
+both plant and water.
+
+
+
+
+THE STIRRING OF THE SPIRIT
+
+
+ “And the Lord stirred up the spirit of Zerubbabel the son of
+ Shealtiel, governor of Judah, and the spirit of Joshua the son of
+ Josedech, the high priest, and the spirit of all the remnant of the
+ people; and they came and did work in the house of the Lord of Hosts,
+ their God.”—HAG. i. 14.
+
+LET US consider this stirring of the will, and then the great need of it
+even amongst the faithful people of God.
+
+I. We read a great deal in Scripture of a movement in the will, as we
+know in practical life, how we ourselves are moved, or aroused on many
+occasions. We know what it is to be like Peter, who was asleep in the
+prison till the Angel of the Lord “smote him on the side, and raised him
+up, saying, Arise up quickly.” {76a} We are often aroused to make an
+_effort_ which we never thought of before, and our whole soul is on fire
+to be working with a holy enthusiasm for God.
+
+Now this stirring of the spirit is the act of God Himself. I am quite
+aware that there are passages in which man is described as stirring
+himself, as for example, “There is none that calleth upon Thy name, that
+stirreth up himself to take hold of Thee.” {76b} But such an expression
+is the description of the outward effect, and not of the inward movement
+of the soul, as is proved by that very text, which gives us the reason
+for the absence of any such stirring, “Thou hast hid Thy face from us.”
+It was because He had hidden His face that no one was stirred to lay hold
+on His grace. Thus St. Paul teaches us that it is God Himself who
+worketh on the will. He urges the little flock at Philippi to be more
+diligent in his absence than they were in his presence, {77a} and in the
+next verse he gives us the reason that “It is God who worketh in you both
+to will and to do of His good pleasure.” So in this passage, when
+Zerubbabel was aroused to a new action it was the Lord who stirred his
+spirit, and who produced such a strong, deep feeling in his soul that he
+could not rest without making a fresh effort for the Lord. This stirring
+was the blessed result of the Holy Spirit’s action. Oh, that we had more
+of it amongst ourselves!
+
+But while it is the work of the Holy Spirit, we shall find that, as a
+general rule, He makes use of means. Of course, if He pleases, He may
+Himself speak to the soul in the way of direct personal communication,
+and so arouse the heart and conscience without the aid of any human
+instrumentality. But in most cases He makes use of means.
+
+Sometimes men are stirred by the sight of evil, as St. Paul was stirred
+in spirit by the sight of the idolatry at Athens. {77b} And it does seem
+strange that God’s faithful people can sit so still as they do, and look
+on so quietly on the sin that abounds around them. How is it that the
+whole soul does not burn within us with a longing desire to be at work
+for God?
+
+Sometimes it is through the power of the ministry. It was so with
+Zerubbabel, of whom it is said that the Lord stirred his spirit. The
+means employed in his case was the preaching of the two prophets Haggai
+and Zechariah. Sometimes God raises up great preachers whose office it
+seems to be to awaken nations. Such were Whitfield and the Wesleys.
+Such was Luther at the time of the Reformation, and such were Haggai and
+Zechariah after the return of the captives from Babylon. It was through
+them that the fire was lighted in the soul of Zerubbabel. Their burning
+words stirred his spirit, and he threw himself with a holy zeal into the
+service of the Lord.
+
+Sometimes it is by the example and influence of others, as “iron
+sharpeneth iron.” {78a} There is nothing more infectious than character.
+There is a certain atmosphere surrounding each of us, and it has its
+influence on all who come near us. The idle man makes others idle, the
+corrupt man makes others corrupt; so the holy man wins others to
+holiness, and the man of Christian enthusiasm will warm up those who come
+in contact with him.
+
+Sometimes He does it by stirring our nest. This is what He did for
+Israel in Egypt. They had begun to settle down content with their
+captivity. They had their flesh-pots, their melons, and their cucumbers,
+and they did not care to be unsettled; so God stirred them up by
+oppression. This is the process described in Moses’ song, “As an eagle
+stirreth up her nest.” {78b} The young eagles, being comfortable in
+their nest, have no desire to launch forth into the untried experiment of
+flight. So the parent bird stirs up the nest, and by means of that
+stirring compels them to a move. Is it not often just the same with us?
+We are so fond of our nests, so apt to settle down quietly, forgetful of
+that which is to come. So God in mercy stirs the nest. The heart is
+saddened, but the very stirring may be God’s appointed instrument for
+waking up a new hope, a new longing for the second advent, and a
+dependence never known before on His own grace, and love, and perfect
+sufficiency.
+
+By whatever means the Lord does it, we must never forget that it is His
+own divine act of mercy and grace. No sight of evil, no preaching, no
+example, no chastening can produce the result. It is God the Holy Ghost
+that stirs the spirit.
+
+II. Consider the need of this stirring amongst the faithful people of
+God.
+
+It might be supposed that the true and faithful people of God would not
+require it, and that they would be irresistibly drawn on by the
+constraining power of the love of Christ. But this is not the teaching
+of Scripture, and I am sure it is not the conclusion from experience. We
+must never forget that the wise virgins went to sleep. Nor must we even
+lose sight of those thrilling words addressed by St. Paul to those in
+Rome whom he describes as “beloved of God, and called to be saints,”
+{79a} when in the prospect of the second Advent he said to them, “Now it
+is high time to awake out of sleep.” {79b} Had they not, you may say,
+been already aroused from sleep? Had they not been awakened from the
+sleep of death, and brought into a new life in Christ Jesus? How, then,
+should it be high time for them to awake out of sleep? Were they not
+already the “beloved of God”?
+
+Now, this brings us exactly to the point; to the great need of Divine
+stirring, even for those who have already been awakened into a new life
+in Christ Jesus. Turn to the Song of Solomon, and you will find the
+whole thing explained. In ch. v. the Bridegroom is described as
+returning home at night, and, knocking at the door of his home, calls to
+the Bride within, and says, “Open to me.” {80} Now what is her state of
+mind when she hears His knock and listens to His voice? “I sleep, but my
+heart waketh.” Have we not there the exact description of very common
+Christian life? How many are there still sleeping, though they hear the
+knock and their heart waketh? They are neither fully asleep nor fully
+awake. They are awake enough to hear the voice, but too sleepy to act on
+it. But we cannot be satisfied with this half and half condition. The
+Bride in the Song of Solomon was so long in arousing herself, that when
+at length she did so, it was too late. In ver. 6 she tells her sad, sad
+story. “I opened to my Beloved, but my Beloved had withdrawn Himself and
+was gone.” Should not such a description arouse us all? Most truly may
+it be said that He is standing at our own doors both knocking and
+calling. Sin is raging, error is spreading, misery is abounding, hell is
+filling; but, thanks be to God, Christ Jesus is saving, and shall His own
+chosen people be sleeping quietly, seeking their own ease, and sitting
+down content if only they can entertain a well-grounded hope that the
+heavy burden of their own sin has been blotted out through His most
+precious blood. “Stir up, we beseech Thee, O Lord, the wills of Thy
+faithful people.”
+
+
+
+
+A WILLING SERVICE
+
+
+ “Who then is willing to consecrate his service this day unto the
+ Lord?”—1 CHRON. xxix. 5.
+
+THE occasion was a very solemn one. It was the last act of David’s
+reign. He had long desired to build a temple for the glory of God, but
+he was not allowed to carry out his wish. So he collected the necessary
+materials, and at length, when he had decided to abdicate in favour of
+Solomon, he called an assembly and declared Solomon, who was still young
+and tender, to be his successor, then handed over to him the plans which
+he had prepared for the Temple, and concluded with a solemn charge. {81}
+
+Having thus ended what may be termed the official business of his life,
+the aged king proceeded to address the congregation. Let us study four
+things in that address; his question, his thanksgiving, his prayer, and
+his final appeal.
+
+
+
+HIS QUESTION
+
+
+He told them how he was passing away, and how the work was great, so he
+asked them a question which may be well put to every congregation in
+every age, “Who then is willing to consecrate his service this day unto
+the Lord?”
+
+Now, we hear a great deal in these days of consecration. The idea of
+consecration is not a new thing in the Church of God, and I am sure that
+we want more of the true spirit of it in our own hearts. There is such a
+thing as consecration of heart, and consecration of service. The
+consecration of heart is the surrender of the whole man with the
+affections, the powers, and the strong will to the Lord. The
+consecration of service is the dedication of all our active powers to his
+work. When David said, “I am thine,” {82a} it was the consecration of
+heart, and when Isaiah said, “Here am I, send me,” {82b} it was the
+consecration of service. Now, it was the consecration of service for
+which David appealed, and it is this practical consecration of service on
+which we are dependent for the work in a parish. Who is willing to
+consecrate his service? I cannot see into the secrets of the hearts, but
+I know who ought to be willing—all those who believe in the words of our
+Blessed Saviour, “For their sakes I consecrate Myself.” {82c} Did He,
+the spotless Son of God, consecrate Himself to be the atoning sacrifice
+for us? And if we believe that, can we doubt for one moment who it is
+that should be willing to consecrate his service to Him? Redeemed
+sinner, is it not you? Pardoned believer, is it not you? Are you ready
+to fall at His feet and say, “Here am I; let me be Thine. Here is my
+skill: use it. Here is my intellect: use it. Here is my power of
+speech: use it. Here is my money: use it. Here is all, all I have and
+all I am: let it all be Thine own, and help me to employ it for Thy
+glory”?
+
+
+
+HIS PRAISE
+
+
+David’s question fell on willing hearts, and there was a wonderful
+response to his appeal. Gold, silver, and precious stones were poured
+into the treasury, and the willing heart with which all was done was
+beautiful. It was not done grudgingly or of necessity, but with a happy,
+joyous, thankful spirit, so that the old man’s heart was gladdened, and
+“David the King rejoiced with great joy.” {83a} It was this joyous
+spirit that called forth his praise. When he saw the blessed result of
+his appeal he did not lay it down to his personal influence, or to his
+own persuasive power, but he stood up and blessed the Lord. He was too
+old for government, but he was not too old for praise. His last words
+from the throne were those of praise and prayer. His joy ran straight
+into thanksgiving, and in this thanksgiving two principles were
+conspicuous, he gave all the glory to God, and he acknowledged himself
+and his people to be utterly unworthy of the sacred privilege of this
+happy service. This is the true view of service and of gifts. When God
+calls us to work for Him, or to give for Him, we should not regard it as
+a burden laid upon us, but as an honour to which we are invited, an
+honour that angels themselves might covet. This was the spirit of David
+when he said “What am I, and what is my people, that we should be able to
+offer so willingly after this sort? for all things come of Thee, and of
+Thine own have we given Thee.” {83b} And this should be our own spirit
+in all service and all gifts for such a Lord. We do not want to regard
+it as a yoke, a necessity, a heavy task imposed on us by God; but as an
+honour, a privilege, a happy, loving service of the King of kings, for
+which the best amongst us is utterly unworthy.
+
+
+
+HIS PRAYER
+
+
+After a time his praise ran into prayer. This is just as it ought to be,
+for praise should encourage prayer, as prayer should always lead to
+praise. Thus the loving heart should pass backwards and forwards from
+one to the other, and the two should be so blended that when we are
+engaged by the one the other should never be out of sight.
+
+Observe the prayer in ver. 18, and remember the circumstances. It was a
+moment of wonderful national enthusiasm at the commencement of a great
+national work. Their hearts were filled with joy and they were ready for
+anything. Now, what was the danger? What would be the danger to
+ourselves in our own day? Would it not be decay, a gradual dying off of
+our first zeal, a chill in the first love as there was at Ephesus? {84}
+What David prayed for, therefore, was continuance, or perseverance. In
+short he prayed against declension from their first love, for look at his
+words in ver. 18. For “prepare” the marginal reading is “stablish.” And
+now you see the point of the prayer, “Keep this _for ever_ in the
+imagination of the thoughts of the heart of Thy people, and _establish_
+their heart unto Thee.” What an insight it gives both as to our danger
+and our hope. How it shows us our need of being kept alive in our first
+love, and teaches us that we must not be trusting to the privileges of
+past experience, or the fact of past consecration, but that we need the
+perpetual action of the Holy Spirit in keeping His grace for ever in the
+imagination of the thoughts of the heart.
+
+And where are we to look for this preservation? Do we not learn that our
+hearts are like leaky vessels, and the brightest, holiest and most joyous
+of believers requires the daily power of the Holy Spirit, not merely to
+stop the leak, but to fill the vessel?
+
+
+
+THE FINAL APPEAL
+
+
+The old man finished his prayer. In it he spoke alone. He was, as it
+were, the mouthpiece of his people. But that was not enough. It was not
+sufficient that he should speak on their behalf, but they must praise God
+for themselves. So having been into the very presence chamber of God in
+prayer, he came out, as it were to the assembled multitude, and said to
+the vast throng, “Now bless the Lord your God.” Praise was the climax of
+the transaction, and praise the last act of David’s reign.
+
+Now may there be the spirit of that remarkable day amongst ourselves.
+Trace it all the way through, remember the consecration, the liberality,
+the joy, the praise, the prayer, and the final outburst of congregational
+worship. May God breathe on us the same spirit. May there be the same
+consecration of service, the same willing offerings, the same joyous
+praise, and the same thankful prayer for a holy perseverance unto the
+end. And, in conclusion, may I not say to you what David said to the
+congregation, “Now bless the Lord your God.”
+
+
+
+
+FEAR NOT
+
+
+ “Fear thou not; for I am with thee: be not dismayed; for I am thy
+ God: I will strengthen thee; yea, I will help thee: yea, I will
+ uphold thee with the right hand of my righteousness.”—ISA. xli. 10.
+
+WHEN we observe how frequently God says to us “Fear not,” we may be quite
+sure that there is a great deal in common life to occasion fear. The
+frequent recurrence of the exhortation in all parts of Scripture teaches
+us, that through the whole range of Scriptural history there had been
+that all around God’s people which, without the Lord’s help, must have
+been sure to make the heart afraid.
+
+You will observe in our text that He does not bid us fear not because He
+undertakes to remove all danger. What He says is, that when things arise
+that may justly alarm us, we need not fear. “Fear not, _for_ I am with
+thee,” (observe the “_for_”). If fear is to be really overcome, it must
+be by the eye being kept fixed on God and His promises.
+
+This verse contains two assurances and three promises; assurances of what
+He is to us now, and promises of what He undertakes to do for us.
+
+
+
+THE ASSURANCES
+
+
+“I am with thee.” “I am thy God.” It is interesting to observe how the
+different portions of Scripture correspond with one another. They are
+all inspired by one Spirit, and all speak one truth. So when I turn to
+the concluding description of the blessedness of the Heavenly
+inheritance, I find just the same assurance, “God Himself shall be with
+them and be their God.” {87} He does not promise to be nearer to His
+people, even in the heavenly rest, than He declares Himself to be now,
+when we are in the midst of our struggle upon earth. He promises _then_
+to be with us and to be our God, and He assures us in the text that He is
+just the same _now_.
+
+The words of the assurance, “I am with thee,” imply both reconciliation
+and companionship. Reconciliation, for He is not against us, but with
+us. Not separated by the barrier of unforgiven sin, but so completely
+reconciled, the law being satisfied that every barrier is broken down for
+ever, and He is altogether on our side.
+
+Companionship, for as a reconciled and loving Father He never for a
+moment leaves His child, by night or by day, in joy or in sorrow; in
+active work, or in quiet submission; in the ministry at home or in the
+distant work of missions. Wherever His people are, and in whatever
+circumstances, there is He with them as their Father, their Friend, their
+Companion, their Helper, their God.
+
+For He also says, “I am thy God.” He is not merely with us, but with us
+in all the omnipotence of Godhead. An earthly friend may fail in helping
+us; but when He is with us as our God He will never fail. When He says,
+“I am thy God,” He clearly means that He has chosen us to be His people,
+a peculiar people unto Himself; and that, having done so, He acts as God,
+on our behalf, governing, guiding, preserving, saving, and finally
+gathering to His own presence in His kingdom.
+
+
+
+THE PROMISES
+
+
+(1) “I will strengthen thee.”
+
+Into whatever position He places us, for that He undertakes to give us
+the needful strength. If He calls us to be still and suffer, He will
+give strength for suffering; if to go forth in His name and labour in His
+service, He will give strength for activity; and in the holy warfare
+which we are all called to wage with indwelling sin, strength to
+overcome. And you must notice that, when He promises to strengthen, He
+describes an imparted power. He does not speak of Himself as acting for
+you externally, as when He accounts you righteous; but within you,
+imparting power, and so enabling you to act for Him. The promise of God
+in Scripture is that He will strengthen us, or, in other words, that He
+will impart a power of action in His service.
+
+(2) “I will help thee.”
+
+The same lesson respecting man’s activity is taught when He promises to
+help. There is a great difference between strengthening and helping. To
+strengthen is an inward work, the gift of an inward power. To help is an
+external work. I may help a lame man to walk, though I cannot strengthen
+his limb. But help implies activity on the part of those who receive it.
+God does not help us to do nothing. He helps us to be patient, loving,
+gentle, sweet-tempered. He helps us to be diligent and active in His
+service; but He does not help us to sit still and be passive. Help
+implies exertion. If He strengthens us by the Holy Ghost in the inner
+man, and if He undertakes to help us in every struggle against sin, it is
+our privilege to accept His promise, and press on, assured of victory.
+
+(3) “I will uphold thee.”
+
+These words appear to convey the idea of danger. We are walking in
+slippery places, and with fearful falls on every hand, so that we require
+not merely a clear eye to guide us, but a strong hand to hold us. In
+every step of our way we require to be upheld. In every moment of our
+lives we require to be held up by one who sees all our danger, who knows
+the path perfectly well, who can hold us with so strong a grasp that
+nothing can pluck us out of His hand, and who, according to the language
+of St. Jude, is “able to keep us from falling.” {89a}
+
+It is this perpetual and final preservation that is secured to us in the
+third promise; and I would have you most particularly observe that it is
+not with the right hand of His mercy, or the right hand of His love, or
+of His compassion, or even of His power, but the right hand of His
+righteousness. And why is this? Because this grace is the result of the
+covenant. By that covenant His people are given to the Lord Jesus that
+they may be saved. In fulfilling that covenant He has shed His own most
+precious blood for us, to make atonement for our sin. And the result is,
+that as, according to St. John, “He is faithful and just to forgive us
+our sins,” {89b} so, also, is He faithful and just to uphold us against a
+fall.
+
+But here, I know, a question will arise. This is God’s promise, but is
+it ever realized? It is very beautiful in Scripture, but do we meet with
+it in practical life? Are these gifts of God really given? Is this
+presence of God really displayed? this upholding power really
+experienced? Let us consider these five points and see.
+
+“I am with thee.” Has this been practically experienced? Look at the
+words of David in the prospect of his dying hour, “Thou art with me,”
+{90a} and, again, “O God, Thou art my God.” {90b}
+
+“I will strengthen thee.” Remember how Daniel realized its fulfilment
+when he said, “Let my Lord speak; for Thou hast strengthened me.” {90c}
+
+“I will help thee.” Remember David’s words, “My heart trusted in Him,
+and I am helped.” {90d}
+
+“I will uphold thee.” But will He really uphold us through trials and
+temptations? Will He really keep us fast in the right hand of His
+righteousness, and that when our faith is weak? Turn to Asaph’s
+experience. He says of himself, “As for me, my feet were almost gone; my
+steps had well-nigh slipped.” {90e} But now look at the upholding arm.
+“Nevertheless I am continually with thee: thou hast holden me by my right
+hand.” {90f} So, then, this promise has been practically fulfilled. God
+has been true to His word, and men have found Him so. His truth has
+never failed, and will He fail us? Will he fail the weakest amongst us?
+Will He cease to uphold His people? Let us trust Him. We are not worthy
+to do so. If He had treated us as we have deserved, He would long since
+have cast us off. But He has not treated us as we have deserved. He has
+loved us and washed us from our sins in His own blood, so we may trust
+Him, and leave all in His care; and of this we may rest perfectly
+assured, that the strong arm will never give way.
+
+
+
+
+THE PRESENT AND THE FUTURE
+
+
+ “Thou preparest a table before me in the presence of mine enemies:
+ Thou anointest my head with oil; my cup runneth over.
+
+ “Surely goodness and mercy shall follow me all the days of my life:
+ and I will dwell in the house of the Lord for ever.”—PSA. xxiii. 5,
+ 6.
+
+IT is a very delightful thing to be able to say “Surely” when we look
+forward. Now, this sureness for the future depends on our present
+relationship to God, and the confidence expressed in verse 6 is the
+blessed result of the unspeakably precious gifts described in the earlier
+verses of the Psalm. It depends on the connection between the present
+and the future, a connection resulting from the unchangeableness in the
+character of God. In order, therefore, to understand the last verse
+which relates to the future, let us study the one preceding it, which
+describes the present. We may thus combine the present and the future,
+and I think the result will be what our Church describes as a “sure and
+certain hope.”
+
+
+
+THE PRESENT
+
+
+As I have just said, our confidence for the future depends on our present
+relationship to God; and, accordingly, the Psalm opens with the words,
+“The Lord is my Shepherd.” The holy relationship between the Shepherd
+and the flock is described as being already established, and by both
+parties recognized, and all that follows is the result of that
+relationship. We have not time to study the whole Psalm; but look at the
+three results taught us in verse 5.
+
+
+I. ALL WANTS ARE SUPPLIED.
+
+
+Even if there are enemies, they cannot interfere with the full and sure
+supply which God has provided for His servant. When he reaches the end
+of his journey, he will find that the Lord has prepared a place for his
+rest; and now that he is in the midst of it, he may rejoice in that the
+same most blessed Saviour has prepared a table for his daily supply.
+
+This refers, doubtless, to our daily wants, and it describes His
+fulfilment of our supplication in the Lord’s Prayer. We pray day by day,
+“Give us this day our daily bread;” and when we really enter into the
+spirit of this Psalm, we as much as say that the prayer is answered, the
+bread provided, and the table spread.
+
+And may we not apply it still more to the bread of life? Is it not our
+sacred privilege, when the soul is hungered, to feed even on Him; when
+the soul is athirst, to drink of the pure river of the water of life?
+And are there not many amongst us who know, by their own experience, the
+truth of the promise, “They shall be abundantly satisfied?” {92}
+
+
+II. THE SPIRIT IS REFRESHED.
+
+
+This is taught in the words, “Thou anointest my head with oil.” The
+words refer to the custom of anointing the weary man with ointment or
+oil. It was poured sometimes on the feet and sometimes on the head. The
+object in both cases was the same, namely, refreshment; and surely we
+must thankfully acknowledge that our Heavenly Father does not merely give
+us the bare necessities of existence, but softens, refreshes, and cheers
+the spirit. He prepares not the table only, but the joy. “He giveth us
+richly all things to enjoy.” {93a}
+
+
+III. THE CUP OVERFLOWS.
+
+
+The mercies are so rich, the grace so abundant, the loving-kindness so
+bountiful, the living fountain so free, that the little cup of human
+capacity cannot hold it all, and it runneth over. God describes His
+people as not merely satisfied, but abundantly satisfied; and speaks of
+the Holy Spirit as not merely bestowed, but as “shed on us abundantly.”
+{93b} Why, then, are we content with a little water hardly perceptible
+at the bottom of our little cup? Stephen was “full of faith and of the
+Holy Ghost,” {93c} and we are told to be “filled with the Spirit;” {93d}
+why, then, rest content with only a few drops in our own soul while there
+is the deep, broad river of the water of life able to fill, to
+overflowing, every vessel that can be found to receive the free supply?
+Why do we not realize more the truth of the promise, “Open thy mouth
+wide, and I will fill it”? {93e}
+
+So much, then, for the present. A table prepared, a head anointed, a cup
+running over. These are present gifts—the present and indescribable
+privileges of those whose joy it is to be able to say, “The Lord is my
+Shepherd.”
+
+
+
+THE FUTURE
+
+
+Let us pass on to the future as taught in verse 6. We may observe two
+things—
+
+
+I. THE ASSURANCE.
+
+
+“Surely goodness and mercy shall follow me all the days of my life.” The
+idea seems to be that, in the poetry of this beautiful Psalm, Goodness
+and Mercy are represented as two persons, just as we find first Mercy and
+Truth as two persons meeting each other in Christ Jesus, and then
+Righteousness and Peace, two other persons, kissing each other in Him.
+{94a} So here we have the two persons: Goodness, the bearer of every
+gift that can possibly be required, and Mercy dealing most graciously
+even with sin; the two following the servant of the Lord, and never
+leaving him all the way through. And you may observe they _follow_ him,
+so that he does not always see them, and may not even know they are
+there. He may sometimes imagine that he is forsaken and alone, but he is
+strangely mistaken, for Goodness and Mercy are close behind, the one to
+supply his need, and the other to deal graciously even with his sin.
+
+If we are in Christ Jesus, we may be as sure of the future as of the
+past. We may be perfectly certain of the truth of the words of the Good
+Shepherd, “They shall never perish, neither shall any man pluck them out
+of my hand.” {94b} That promise is so sure that it can never fail, that
+hand so strong that all the powers of hell cannot pluck the weakest
+little one from its grasp, that heart so true that we may be perfectly
+certain He will never abandon one whom He has called by the Holy Ghost
+into fellowship with Himself.
+
+
+II. THE DETERMINATION.
+
+
+“I will dwell in the house of the Lord for ever.” David delighted in the
+house of God; and clearly we must explain these words as referring to the
+holy worship of the sanctuary. But in order to enter into the full
+spirit of the passage, we must rise from the Church on earth to the
+sanctuary in heaven; to the heavenly home and the presence chamber of
+God. There, indeed, is the table spread, there is the anointing oil,
+there the cup runneth over; and now, through the rest of our pilgrimage,
+though the journey may possibly be through the Vale of Baca, {95a} though
+sometimes the soul may be bowed down, and that even when the heart is
+fixed, yet in the midst of it all, and through it all, we may live in a
+close intimacy with Him. We may quietly rest in His love, we may dwell
+in Him and He in us; and while He gives the gracious promise, “Him that
+cometh to Me I will in no wise _cast_ out,” {95b} we may resolve, God
+helping us, that we will never _go_ out, and that, to the last day of our
+lives, we will hold fast by Him, till at length the veil shall be
+withdrawn, and the heavenly home open before us, and we realize what it
+is, in the highest possible sense, “to dwell in the house of the Lord for
+ever.”
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ THE END
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ PRINTED BY WILLIAM CLOWES AND SONS, LIMITED,
+ LONDON AND BECCLES.
+
+
+
+
+FOOTNOTES
+
+
+{5} 2 Sam. xii. 13.
+
+{6} Psa. li. 13.
+
+{7} Psa. cxlviii. 14.
+
+{8a} Exod. xv. 1.
+
+{8b} Psa. xl. 2, 3.
+
+{8c} Rev. vii. 10, 14.
+
+{8d} Isa. lx. 18.
+
+{9a} Psa. cxliii. 9.
+
+{9b} Acts xvi. 25, R.V.
+
+{13} St. Luke xix. 10.
+
+{15} Rev. xxii. 17.
+
+{17} 2 Peter i. 3.
+
+{18a} 2 Peter i. 3.
+
+{18b} St. John x. 28.
+
+{20a} Rom. iii. 25.
+
+{20b} 2 Cor. v. 21.
+
+{20c} 1 Cor. i. 30.
+
+{20d} St. John v. 28.
+
+{21} St. Jude 3.
+
+{26} Eph. ii. 4, 5.
+
+{27a} Gal. v. 22.
+
+{27b} Rom. xv. 13.
+
+{28a} 2 Cor. v. 1.
+
+{28b} St. Luke ii. 26.
+
+{29a} Phil. i. 23.
+
+{29b} 2 Tim. iv. 6.
+
+{30a} Phil. i. 23.
+
+{30b} 2 Tim. i. 12.
+
+{31a} Psa. xxiii. 4.
+
+{31b} St. Luke xix. 9.
+
+{32a} 1 Peter i. 8.
+
+{32b} Num. xxiv. 17.
+
+{34a} Isa. xxxii. 2.
+
+{34b} Psa. xxxii. 7.
+
+{34c} Col. iii. 3.
+
+{34d} 1 John v. 12.
+
+{35} Gal. ii. 20.
+
+{37} 2 Cor. v. 15.
+
+{38} St. John i. 26.
+
+{39a} St. John iii. 34.
+
+{39b} Col. ii. 9.
+
+{39c} Acts x. 38.
+
+{40} Acts ii, 3, 4.
+
+{41a} Phil. iv. 19.
+
+{41b} Job. xlii. 6.
+
+{42} Heb. x. 20.
+
+{44a} Acts xiii. 34.
+
+{44b} St. John xviii. 37.
+
+{44c} Rev. i. 5.
+
+{44d} Psa. xxxv. 3.
+
+{45a} 1 John v. 10.
+
+{45b} St. John x. 3.
+
+{45c} Isa. xliv. 10.
+
+{46a} Isa. xlii. 16.
+
+{46b} Psa. xxxi. 3.
+
+{46c} Psa. cxix. 117.
+
+{46d} Psa. xxv. 4.
+
+{47a} Psa. xxiii 4.
+
+{47b} Eph. i. 22.
+
+{47c} Rev. xvii. 14.
+
+{48a} Rev. xvii. 14.
+
+{48b} Acts ix. 6.
+
+{51} Neh. iv. 6.
+
+{52a} Neh. iv. 4.
+
+{52b} St. Matt. xxvi. 41.
+
+{53} Neh. iv. 15.
+
+{55a} 2 Pet. iii. 18.
+
+{55b} Rom. iv. 24, 25.
+
+{56} Rom. xi. 20.
+
+{59a} Acts xiii. 2.
+
+{59b} Eph. iv. 16.
+
+{60a} 1 Sam. iii. 19.
+
+{60b} Mal. iii. 17.
+
+{60c} Ps. cxxvii. 1.
+
+{61} Eph. ii. 10.
+
+{63a} Isa. xxviii. 16.
+
+{63b} 1 John iv. 16.
+
+{64} Heb. xiii. 8.
+
+{65a} Psa. lxiii. 1.
+
+{65b} Sam. xvii. 37.
+
+{66} 1 Thess. iv. 13, 14.
+
+{67a} 1 Thess. iv. 17.
+
+{67b} Phil. iv. 4, 5.
+
+{67c} 1 Cor. vii. 29.
+
+{68a} Rom. xiii. 11.
+
+{68b} St. Matt. xxv. 6.
+
+{68c} St. Luke xxi. 25.
+
+{69a} St. Luke xxi. 26.
+
+{69b} St. Luke xxi. 28.
+
+{69c} St. Luke xxi. 27.
+
+{71} Heb. x. 20.
+
+{72a} Eph. ii. 14.
+
+{72b} Acts xiii. 7.
+
+{72c} Acts xiv. 1.
+
+{73} Acts xiii. 52.
+
+{74a} Acts xv. 4–12.
+
+{74b} St. Matt. xxviii. 20.
+
+{74c} Acts xvi. 14.
+
+{75} 1 Cor. iii. 6.
+
+{76a} Acts xii. 7.
+
+{76b} Isa. lxiv. 7.
+
+{77a} Phil. ii. 12.
+
+{77b} Acts xvii. 16.
+
+{78a} Prov. xxvii. 17.
+
+{78b} Deut. xxxii. 11.
+
+{79a} Rom. i. 7.
+
+{79b} Rom. xiii. 11.
+
+{80} Cant v. 2.
+
+{81} 1 Chron. xxviii. 20.
+
+{82a} Psa. cxix. 94.
+
+{82b} Isa vi. 8.
+
+{82c} St. John xvii. 19, R.V. Margin.
+
+{83a} 1 Chron. xxix. 9.
+
+{83b} 1 Chron. xxix. 14.
+
+{84} Rev. ii. 4.
+
+{87} Rev. xxi. 3.
+
+{89a} St. Jude 24.
+
+{89b} 1 John i. 9.
+
+{90a} Psa. xxiii. 4.
+
+{90b} Psa. lxiii. 1.
+
+{90c} Dan. x. 19.
+
+{90d} Psa. xxviii. 7.
+
+{90e} Psa. lxxiii. 2.
+
+{90f} Psa. lxxiii. 23.
+
+{92} Psa. xxxvi. 8.
+
+{93a} 1 Tim. vi. 17.
+
+{93b} Titus iii. 6.
+
+{93c} Acts vi. 5.
+
+{93d} Eph. v. 18.
+
+{93e} Psa. lxxxi. 10.
+
+{94a} Psa. lxxxv. 10.
+
+{94b} St. John x. 28.
+
+{95a} Psa. lxxxiv. 6, Cp. R.V.
+
+{95b} St. John vi. 37.
+
+
+
+
+***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MULTIPLIED BLESSINGS***
+
+
+******* This file should be named 43201-0.txt or 43201-0.zip *******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/4/3/2/0/43201
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
+ www.gutenberg.org/license.
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809
+North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email
+contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the
+Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/43201-0.zip b/43201-0.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d4e518
--- /dev/null
+++ b/43201-0.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/43201-h.zip b/43201-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50631d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/43201-h.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/43201-h/43201-h.htm b/43201-h/43201-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f5c29a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/43201-h/43201-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,3701 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html
+ PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=US-ASCII" />
+<title>Multiplied Blessings, by Edward Hoare</title>
+ <style type="text/css">
+/*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */
+<!--
+ P { margin-top: .75em;
+ margin-bottom: .75em;
+ }
+ P.gutsumm { margin-left: 5%;}
+ P.poetry {margin-left: 3%; }
+ .GutSmall { font-size: 0.7em; }
+ H1, H2 {
+ text-align: center;
+ margin-top: 2em;
+ margin-bottom: 2em;
+ }
+ H3, H4, H5 {
+ text-align: center;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ }
+ BODY{margin-left: 10%;
+ margin-right: 10%;
+ }
+ table { border-collapse: collapse; }
+table {margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;}
+ td { vertical-align: top; border: 1px solid black;}
+ td p { margin: 0.2em; }
+ .blkquot {margin-left: 4em; margin-right: 4em;} /* block indent */
+
+ .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+ .pagenum {position: absolute;
+ left: 92%;
+ font-size: small;
+ text-align: right;
+ font-weight: normal;
+ color: gray;
+ }
+ img { border: none; }
+ img.dc { float: left; width: 50px; height: 50px; }
+ p.gutindent { margin-left: 2em; }
+ div.gapspace { height: 0.8em; }
+ div.gapline { height: 0.8em; width: 100%; border-top: 1px solid;}
+ div.gapmediumline { height: 0.3em; width: 40%; margin-left:30%;
+ border-top: 1px solid; }
+ div.gapmediumdoubleline { height: 0.3em; width: 40%; margin-left:30%;
+ border-top: 1px solid; border-bottom: 1px solid;}
+ div.gapshortdoubleline { height: 0.3em; width: 20%;
+ margin-left: 40%; border-top: 1px solid;
+ border-bottom: 1px solid; }
+ div.gapdoubleline { height: 0.3em; width: 50%;
+ margin-left: 25%; border-top: 1px solid;
+ border-bottom: 1px solid;}
+ div.gapshortline { height: 0.3em; width: 20%; margin-left:40%;
+ border-top: 1px solid; }
+ .citation {vertical-align: super;
+ font-size: .8em;
+ text-decoration: none;}
+ img.floatleft { float: left;
+ margin-right: 1em;
+ margin-top: 0.5em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; }
+ img.floatright { float: right;
+ margin-left: 1em; margin-top: 0.5em;
+ margin-bottom: 0.5em; }
+ img.clearcenter {display: block;
+ margin-left: auto;
+ margin-right: auto; margin-top: 0.5em;
+ margin-bottom: 0.5em}
+ -->
+ /* XML end ]]>*/
+ </style>
+</head>
+<body>
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, Multiplied Blessings, by Edward Hoare
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: Multiplied Blessings
+ Eighteen Short Readings
+
+
+Author: Edward Hoare
+
+
+
+Release Date: July 12, 2013 [eBook #43201]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-646-US (US-ASCII)
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MULTIPLIED BLESSINGS***
+</pre>
+<p>Transcribed from the 1907 Society for Promoting Christian
+Knowledge edition by David Price, email ccx074@pglaf.org</p>
+<h1>MULTIPLIED BLESSINGS<br />
+<span class="GutSmall"><i>EIGHTEEN SHORT READINGS</i></span></h1>
+
+<div class="gapspace">&nbsp;</div>
+<p style="text-align: center"><span class="GutSmall">BY THE
+LATE</span><br />
+REV. CANON HOARE<br />
+<span class="GutSmall">VICAR OF HOLY TRINITY, TUNBRIDGE
+WELLS</span></p>
+
+<div class="gapspace">&nbsp;</div>
+
+<div class="gapshortline">&nbsp;</div>
+<p style="text-align: center"><span class="smcap">published under
+the direction of the tract committee</span></p>
+
+<div class="gapshortline">&nbsp;</div>
+
+<div class="gapspace">&nbsp;</div>
+<p style="text-align: center"><span
+class="smcap">LONDON</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">SOCIETY FOR PROMOTING CHRISTIAN
+KNOWLEDGE</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">NORTHUMBERLAND AVENUE, W.C.</span><br />
+<span class="GutSmall">43, QUEEN VICTORIA STREET, E.C.</span><br
+/>
+<span class="smcap">BRIGHTON</span>: <span class="GutSmall">129,
+NORTH STREET</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">New York</span>: E. S. GORHAM<br />
+1907</p>
+<h2><a name="page3"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+3</span>PREFACE</h2>
+<p><span class="smcap">These</span> short readings, now published
+for the first time, are extracts from the written sermons of the
+late Rev. E. Hoare, Vicar of Holy Trinity, Tunbridge Wells from
+1853 to 1894, and Hon. Canon of Canterbury.&nbsp; They are taken,
+word for word, from his original MSS., and have been selected
+with a view to giving practical help in the Christian life.&nbsp;
+Many of them were written long ago, but the hindrances and
+difficulties that meet the Christian continue much the same, and
+it is hoped that the following pages may be used of God to bring
+before the reader the Lord Jesus Christ as the Saviour, Guide,
+and Helper.</p>
+<p style="text-align: right">K. A. H.</p>
+<h2><a name="page4"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+4</span>CONTENTS</h2>
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td><p>&nbsp;</p>
+</td>
+<td><p style="text-align: right"><span
+class="GutSmall">PAGE</span></p>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><p><span class="smcap">Multiplied Blessings</span></p>
+</td>
+<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a
+href="#page5">5</a></span></p>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><p><span class="smcap">The Saviour seeking the
+Sinner</span></p>
+</td>
+<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a
+href="#page12">12</a></span></p>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><p><span class="smcap">A Divine Salvation</span></p>
+</td>
+<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a
+href="#page17">17</a></span></p>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><p><span class="smcap">Feelings</span></p>
+</td>
+<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a
+href="#page24">24</a></span></p>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><p><span class="smcap">A Peaceful Death-bed</span></p>
+</td>
+<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a
+href="#page28">28</a></span></p>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><p><span class="smcap">A Peaceful Life</span></p>
+</td>
+<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a
+href="#page33">33</a></span></p>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><p><span class="smcap">The Indwelling of the Holy
+Spirit</span></p>
+</td>
+<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a
+href="#page38">38</a></span></p>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><p><span class="smcap">The Witness</span>&mdash;<span
+class="smcap">The Leader</span>&mdash;<span class="smcap">The
+Commander</span></p>
+</td>
+<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a
+href="#page43">43</a></span></p>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><p><span class="smcap">Faith and Effort</span></p>
+</td>
+<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a
+href="#page49">49</a></span></p>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><p><span class="smcap">The Joy of the Lord</span></p>
+</td>
+<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a
+href="#page54">54</a></span></p>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><p><span class="smcap">The Work of the Lord</span></p>
+</td>
+<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a
+href="#page58">58</a></span></p>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><p><span class="smcap">Christian Experience in the
+Confirmation of Faith</span></p>
+</td>
+<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a
+href="#page62">62</a></span></p>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><p><span class="smcap">The Coming of the Lord</span></p>
+</td>
+<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a
+href="#page66">66</a></span></p>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><p><span class="smcap">&ldquo;With&rdquo; and
+&ldquo;By&rdquo;</span></p>
+</td>
+<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a
+href="#page71">71</a></span></p>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><p><span class="smcap">The Stirring of the Spirit</span></p>
+</td>
+<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a
+href="#page76">76</a></span></p>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><p><span class="smcap">A Willing Service</span></p>
+</td>
+<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a
+href="#page81">81</a></span></p>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><p><span class="smcap">Fear Not</span></p>
+</td>
+<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a
+href="#page86">86</a></span></p>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><p><span class="smcap">The Present and the Future</span></p>
+</td>
+<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a
+href="#page91">91</a></span></p>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+<h2><a name="page5"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+5</span>MULTIPLIED BLESSINGS</h2>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;Thou art my hiding-place; Thou shalt
+preserve me from trouble; Thou shalt compass me about with songs
+of deliverance.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;I will instruct thee and teach thee in the way which
+thou shalt go: I will guide thee with mine eye.&rdquo;&mdash;Ps.
+xxxii. 7, 8.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p><span class="smcap">Well</span>, indeed, may the Psalmist say,
+&ldquo;Blessed is he whose transgression is forgiven,&rdquo; for
+every blessing flows into the soul as the consequence of divine
+forgiveness.&nbsp; The word in the Hebrew rendered
+&ldquo;Blessed&rdquo; is in the plural number, to show that there
+is not one blessing only, but multiplied blessings and multiplied
+mercies, all springing from this one source, the forgiveness of
+sin.&nbsp; When David wrote these words he felt the truth of
+them.&nbsp; He spoke of a gift which he had himself
+experienced.&nbsp; He had found mercy, so he proclaimed its
+richness.&nbsp; We know how grievously he fell in the matter of
+Bathsheba and Uriah, and we remember Nathan&rsquo;s visit.&nbsp;
+It was after that visit that, according to the general belief,
+this Psalm was written.&nbsp; He had struggled with the agonies
+of unforgiven sin, till at length the message was delivered to
+him by the prophet, &ldquo;The Lord, also, hath put away thy
+sin.&rdquo; <a name="citation5"></a><a href="#footnote5"
+class="citation">[5]</a>&nbsp; No wonder, then, that he poured
+out his heart in this hymn of thanksgiving, commencing with the
+words, &ldquo;Blessed is he whose transgression is forgiven,
+whose sin is covered.&rdquo;</p>
+<p><a name="page6"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 6</span>But it is
+not merely a Psalm of thanksgiving, for according to the title it
+was a Maschil, a Psalm giving instruction.&nbsp; When David was
+pleading for mercy in Psalm li., he said that when he had found
+forgiveness himself, he would make it known for the good of
+others, &ldquo;Then will I teach transgressors Thy ways.&rdquo;
+<a name="citation6"></a><a href="#footnote6"
+class="citation">[6]</a>&nbsp; So now, having been forgiven, he
+wrote this Psalm of instruction for others.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Blessed is he whose transgression is forgiven, whose
+sin is covered.&rdquo;&nbsp; These were the words with which
+David commenced his Psalm, and in these words he said that to
+which every forgiven soul will most heartily add,
+&ldquo;Amen.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>What was the peculiar character of that blessedness?&nbsp; We
+learn from verses 3 and 4 the awful misery of sin unrepented and
+unforgiven.&nbsp; We find how David&rsquo;s tears were dried up
+by the burning heat of a guilty conscience, and how the dreadful
+burden weighed day and night upon his soul.&nbsp; Then in the
+next verse we are taught the secret of the great transition from
+misery to peace.&nbsp; We find how he made up his mind to make no
+further efforts to conceal his guilt.&nbsp; He resolved to
+confess it before God, and no longer attempt to hide it from
+man.&nbsp; The result was a complete, assured, and most merciful
+forgiveness.&nbsp; &ldquo;Thou forgavest,&rdquo; he said,
+&ldquo;the iniquity of my sin.&rdquo;&nbsp; He was assured of the
+gift, but what was the unspeakable blessedness to which, when
+forgiven, he was admitted?</p>
+<p>This we learn from the words of our text in which we find the
+peaceful intercourse of the forgiven soul with God.&nbsp; It is
+that peaceful intercourse which constitutes the real test of
+forgiveness, Christ died, the just for the unjust, to bring us to
+God: so those <a name="page7"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+7</span>who are made partakers of that atoning work are actually
+brought to God and made what the Psalmist calls &ldquo;a people
+near unto Him.&rdquo; <a name="citation7"></a><a
+href="#footnote7" class="citation">[7]</a>&nbsp; So it was in the
+case of David.&nbsp; There was nothing to keep him any longer at
+a distance, and in the full peace of complete reconciliation he
+enjoyed the unspeakable privilege of communion with God.&nbsp;
+The account of this communion is given us in the verses of our
+text, in the first of which we have the language of the forgiven
+sinner to God, in the second the reply from God Himself.</p>
+<h3>I.&nbsp; <span class="smcap">The Language of the Forgiven
+Soul addressing God</span>.</h3>
+<p>He that was afar off without any shelter from the rough storm
+of an accusing conscience, is now able to look up to the God who
+has forgiven him and say, &ldquo;Thou art my
+hiding-place.&rdquo;&nbsp; He finds his shelter and his safety in
+the presence of that very God whose law he had broken.&nbsp; He
+does not say, &ldquo;Thou hast provided a hiding-place,&rdquo;
+but &ldquo;Thou <i>art</i> my hiding-place.&rdquo;&nbsp; He who
+had been exposed without protection to the sore buffetings of his
+own conscience, confirmed as it was by the just sentence of
+God&rsquo;s holy law, had been so completely restored that he had
+found in God Himself a hiding-place.</p>
+<p>In that sacred hiding-place he realized two results, safety
+and praise.&nbsp; When hidden there he was safe, just as our own
+life is safe when hidden with Christ in God, and therefore he
+could say, &ldquo;Thou shalt preserve me,&rdquo; and when hidden
+there he would live in the very atmosphere of thanksgiving, so he
+said, &ldquo;Thou shalt compass me about (or surround me) with
+songs of deliverance.&rdquo;&nbsp; A song of deliverance is a
+song of praise from one that has been delivered.&nbsp; <a
+name="page8"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 8</span>The Song of
+Moses was a song of deliverance when he stood on the shores of
+the Red Sea after he had seen the hosts of Egypt overwhelmed in
+the flood. <a name="citation8a"></a><a href="#footnote8a"
+class="citation">[8a]</a>&nbsp; David&rsquo;s was a song of
+deliverance when God had brought him up out of the horrible pit
+and established his goings, and had put a new song in his mouth.
+<a name="citation8b"></a><a href="#footnote8b"
+class="citation">[8b]</a>&nbsp; The song of the great multitude
+before the throne is a song of deliverance, when, brought out of
+great tribulation, clothed with white robes and palms in their
+hands, they sing, &ldquo;Salvation to our God which sitteth upon
+the throne, and unto the Lamb.&rdquo;&nbsp; <a
+name="citation8c"></a><a href="#footnote8c"
+class="citation">[8c]</a></p>
+<p>Observe the connection between this safety and these songs of
+deliverance.&nbsp; The songs are not merely the consequence of
+the safety, but a part of it.&nbsp; Hidden in the Lord, we are
+compassed, or surrounded, by them.&nbsp; Whichever way we look,
+whether forward in hope, or backward in memory, or upwards in
+trust, there is in every direction something to call forth the
+praise, and the spirit of thanksgiving is in itself a protection
+against assault.</p>
+<p>There is just the same connection between praise and safety in
+the description of the restored Zion: &ldquo;Thou shalt call thy
+walls Salvation, and thy gates Praise.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation8d"></a><a href="#footnote8d"
+class="citation">[8d]</a>&nbsp; Praise is there represented as
+part of the defence.&nbsp; The enemy cannot enter because the
+gateway is filled by praise.&nbsp; The song of deliverance is so
+hearty and so loud that the voice of the tempter is not
+heard.&nbsp; And thus it is that the forgiven man, hidden in
+Christ Jesus, praises God, because he has been saved, and
+confirms his safety by the very act of praising Him.&nbsp; Does
+not this teach us a lesson as to our own communion with
+God?&nbsp; Whatever it is that weighs on the heart and disturbs
+the spirit, whatever <a name="page9"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+9</span>the storm be that beats upon us, whether it be care from
+without or conscience within, whether it be the pain of trouble
+or the still greater pain of the sense of sin, the forgiven man
+may go straight to Him and say, &ldquo;I flee unto Thee to hide
+me.&rdquo; <a name="citation9a"></a><a href="#footnote9a"
+class="citation">[9a]</a>&nbsp; And if hidden in Him, can
+anything really hurt us?&nbsp; Is not His salvation a sufficient
+wall?&nbsp; Shall anything that can really hurt us enter in by
+those gates which He has closed with praise?&nbsp; In holy peace,
+then let the songs of deliverance rise before Him.&nbsp; Let the
+unspeakable blessedness of the divine safety call forth the notes
+of thanksgiving.&nbsp; If the sweet note of praise was heard by
+the prisoners from the inner dungeon at Philippi, <a
+name="citation9b"></a><a href="#footnote9b"
+class="citation">[9b]</a> shall it not be heard by the whole
+church of God from those who have found a hiding-place in their
+Lord?</p>
+<h3>II.&nbsp; <span class="smcap">The Lord&rsquo;s Reply to the
+Forgiven Man</span>.</h3>
+<p>Such, then, was the language of the forgiven man to the God
+who had forgiven him.&nbsp; What reply did he receive?&nbsp;
+&ldquo;I will instruct thee and teach thee in the way which thou
+shalt go: I will guide thee with Mine eye.&rdquo;&nbsp; You will
+observe that what is here promised is His own divine guidance and
+instruction, and you will see at once how appropriate such a
+promise was under the peculiar circumstances of the case.&nbsp;
+David had grievously fallen.&nbsp; He had been walking, in former
+times, in God&rsquo;s way, but had turned aside in a most awful
+manner.&nbsp; We do not know what was the preparatory process in
+his mind.&nbsp; Perhaps he had forgotten his weakness; perhaps he
+had grown self-confident and fell.&nbsp; But we see what God
+promised now that he was restored.&nbsp; He undertook in future
+to keep him Himself, by His own instruction and His own
+guidance.&nbsp; The Lord Himself undertook to guide him, <a
+name="page10"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 10</span>and so keep
+him safe from the danger of another fall.</p>
+<p>There are two points in this promise.&nbsp; It was <i>in</i>
+the way, not <i>about</i> the way, that God promised to guide
+him.&nbsp; When he was walking in the narrow way God under took
+to walk with him there, and to hold him fast in His own right
+hand till the journey should be complete, and the rest reached at
+the end.&nbsp; Let us all learn the lesson that God&rsquo;s
+teaching is only found in the path of God&rsquo;s
+commandments.&nbsp; If we choose to walk in some way of our own
+choosing, we must not expect the guidance of the Lord.</p>
+<p>Observe also what I may term the delicacy of the promise and
+the intimacy of the relationship.&nbsp; God says, &ldquo;I will
+guide thee with Mine eye.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>When David was living in a state of impenitence, the strong
+hand of God was upon him day and night.&nbsp; But now a look is
+enough.&nbsp; No force is needed.&nbsp; The heart is tender, the
+ear is open, the eye is fixed on the Lord Jesus, and the least
+intimation of His will is sufficient.&nbsp; The passage seems to
+describe the eye of the Lord watching over His children, and the
+eyes of His children fixed on the Lord.&nbsp; When the Lord Jesus
+looked on Peter, Peter must have been looking on Him, and one
+look melted his heart.&nbsp; And so when the Lord is guiding us,
+there is no need of strong or violent discipline, of the wind,
+the storm, or the earthquake, for the still small voice is
+enough.&nbsp; What is needed is that we should be living looking
+unto Jesus, the Author and Finisher of our faith, seeking to know
+His will, drinking in His word, watching the guidance of His
+providence, applying the principles of Scripture to common life,
+and so not waiting till conviction is forced upon us, but, with a
+tender heart and a ready mind, seeking hour by hour <a
+name="page11"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 11</span>to do His
+will.&nbsp; It is in such an attitude of mind that we can realize
+the sacred promise, &ldquo;I will guide thee with Mine
+eye.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Such, then, was the intercourse of this forgiven man with
+God.&nbsp; How close, how intimate, how sacred, how blessed, the
+communion!&nbsp; And how complete must have been the forgiveness
+that prepared the way for it.&nbsp; It seems almost impossible to
+believe that this was the same man on whom God&rsquo;s hand had
+been heavy day and night, the same whose bones had waxed old
+through his roaring all the day long, now forgiven, now brought
+into happy intercourse with God.&nbsp; Does not the passage teach
+a wonderful lesson to every soul that has been mercifully
+forgiven in Christ Jesus?&nbsp; When we think of the precious
+blood of Christ, and how the Lord laid on Him the iniquity of us
+all, can we suppose for a moment that the forgiveness bestowed on
+us is less complete, or the restoration less perfect, than that
+of David?&nbsp; Since, then, in his case, the insuperable barrier
+of his guilt was so completely broken down that he was admitted
+to this sacred and intimate fellowship, why should any one of us
+remain at a distance?&nbsp; Why should not we, even we, go before
+the same Father to find in Him our hiding-place, and receive from
+Him the same blessed assurance, &ldquo;I will guide thee with
+Mine eye&rdquo;?&nbsp; May He accompany us through life with that
+loving guidance and watch over every step we take till, by His
+great grace, we are safe from danger.</p>
+<h2><a name="page12"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 12</span>THE
+SAVIOUR SEEKING THE SINNER</h2>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;What man of you, having an hundred sheep,
+if he lose one of them, doth not leave the ninety and nine in the
+wilderness, and go after that which is lost, until he find
+it?&rdquo;&mdash;<span class="smcap">St. Luke</span> xv. 4.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p><span class="smcap">There</span> are many amongst us truly and
+conscientiously seeking the Lord whose souls are ill at ease, and
+whose hearts are far from peace.&nbsp; They are feeling after
+Him, if haply they may find Him; but they are like blind men
+groping for the wall, for they have not found Him, and they have
+no firm resting-place for their faith.&nbsp; They have been
+reading many passages about seeking the Lord, and have
+endeavoured to seek Him, but they are sorely discouraged.</p>
+<p>Let us, therefore, change the subject, and instead of
+considering how they are to seek the Lord, let us see how the
+Lord seeks them.&nbsp; Let us look at the Divine side of the
+transaction, and instead of being absorbed by the subject of the
+sinner seeking the Saviour, let us look at the boundless grace of
+God which is shown by the Saviour seeking the sinner.</p>
+<p>It is the great subject of this chapter, which contains three
+illustrations of the one subject, and thus forms an illustrated
+comment on His words, &ldquo;The Son of man is come to seek and
+to save that which <a name="page13"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+13</span>was lost.&rdquo; <a name="citation13"></a><a
+href="#footnote13" class="citation">[13]</a>&nbsp; According to
+those words He came for the lost, and came not only to save them
+when they should succeed in finding Him, but to seek them in
+order that He may save.&nbsp; He does not save without seeking,
+nor does He seek without saving.&nbsp; Let us glean some lessons,
+from the combination of the three illustrations, as to the loss
+of the sinner, and the seeking of the Saviour.</p>
+<h3><span class="smcap">The Loss</span>.</h3>
+<p>In all three cases the recovered one is said to have been
+lost.&nbsp; The sheep was lost.&nbsp; The coin was lost.&nbsp;
+The son was lost.</p>
+<p>If we study the illustrations in detail we shall see that
+there are three ways described in the chapter in which this loss
+is brought about.</p>
+<p>It is brought about, in the case of the lost sheep, through
+simple ignorance and the folly of pursuing each passing object of
+attraction.&nbsp; The wandering sheep has no particular intention
+of going wrong.&nbsp; It does not set off with a deliberate wish
+to run away; it is simply led on step by step by any attraction
+that lies beside its path.&nbsp; And is not this the case with
+thousands of those who have wandered from the Shepherd&rsquo;s
+care?</p>
+<p>In the second parable the loss is occasioned by the neglect of
+others.&nbsp; The piece of money is lost through carelessness,
+without any fault of its own.&nbsp; The person who had the charge
+of it took no heed to be sure that it was safe.&nbsp; How many
+are there in exactly that position?&nbsp; They have been lost,
+humanly speaking, through want of care.</p>
+<p>But the third character is quite distinct from both the
+others.&nbsp; The Prodigal Son was lost because he deliberately
+and determinately left his father&rsquo;s home.&nbsp; <a
+name="page14"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 14</span>He was
+totally unlike the wandering sheep led on from step to step
+without a plan, for he had a plan, and he deliberately carried it
+out.&nbsp; This, then, is far the worst of the three.&nbsp; It
+represents one living in the midst of privileges, but
+deliberately casting away his faith.&nbsp; He has life and death
+brought before him, and he chooses death, or, at all events, he
+chooses that which leads to death.&nbsp; Oh! how marvellous is
+the boundless grace and mercy of our God, that He should go out
+of His way to seek and to save any one so unthankful and so
+guilty!</p>
+<h3><span class="smcap">The Seeking of the Saviour</span>.</h3>
+<p>He seeks by coming Himself as the Son of Man.&nbsp; The
+Shepherd leaving the fold and going forth into the wilderness to
+seek the wanderer, is a picture of the Son of God leaving the
+glory which He had with the Father before the world was, and
+visiting this fallen world as the Son of man, in order that He
+might seek, and, by His atoning blood, might save the
+sinner.&nbsp; We shall never understand His grace in seeking us
+if we do not realize that great act of His already
+complete.&nbsp; This great finished work of His is the foundation
+of all that follows, and if we want to understand the mystery of
+His love in seeking us we must begin with the two great facts,
+Incarnation and Atonement.&nbsp; Why did He become man?&nbsp; Why
+was He born at Bethlehem?&nbsp; Was it not because He came on a
+divine mission to seek the sinner?&nbsp; Why did He die?&nbsp;
+Why did He utter that bitter cry upon the cross?&nbsp; Was it not
+that He might remove the curse by bearing it, and having broken
+down every barrier, might have the joy of bringing the lost one
+to the Father&rsquo;s home?&nbsp; You, then, who are anxious
+about your souls, and whose earnest desire it is to be sought out
+and saved, remember what the Son of man <a
+name="page15"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 15</span>has already
+done; fall back on the finished fact; and never forget that
+however doubtful you may be as to your own position, there is no
+doubt whatever as to the fact that the Son of God has come to
+seek the lost one and to save him by His blood.</p>
+<h3><span class="smcap">He seeks through Human
+Agency</span>.</h3>
+<p>I cannot think that the woman lighting a candle and sweeping
+the house represents the Saviour.&nbsp; She is generally, and I
+think correctly, thought to represent the Church.&nbsp; If this
+be the case it may serve to teach how the whole Church of Christ
+ought to be entirely engaged in carrying out the sacred mission
+of our Blessed Lord.&nbsp; It is not the Spirit alone that is to
+say &ldquo;Come,&rdquo; <a name="citation15"></a><a
+href="#footnote15" class="citation">[15]</a> but the Bride and
+all that hear the message.&nbsp; He has become man and died for
+us, but we are to light the candle, sweep the house, and seek
+diligently till we find the lost ones.&nbsp; We are to spare no
+effort for their recovery: we are to search them out; we are to
+let them know that there is a Christian friend anxious for their
+safety, and that there will not only be joy amongst the angels of
+God, but a hearty welcome amongst His people on earth for any
+poor lost one brought in lowly repentance to the feet of the
+Blessed Saviour, there to find pardon and recovery.</p>
+<p>And what are we to say of the third parable, for we find no
+mention of the seeking there.&nbsp; But we find the divine act
+most remarkably represented, for there we may see how God Himself
+seeks the wanderer.&nbsp; We do not see the father doing it in
+the parable, but we do see how God Himself does it in fact.&nbsp;
+We there see the work both of His providence and of His
+Spirit.&nbsp; Of His providence, for the Father in heaven both
+sought and found him, just as He is doing with thousands
+now.&nbsp; He took from him one thing after <a
+name="page16"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 16</span>another till
+all hope was gone, and he envied even the swine their meal.&nbsp;
+God was seeking him, so He broke him down and crushed him on
+purpose that He might save.</p>
+<p>But God did much more than bring him into trouble, for trouble
+very often does nothing but harden.&nbsp; But in this case the
+Spirit of God was seeking him, so that it was a trouble blessed
+by the Spirit, and he was led with a broken heart to say,
+&ldquo;Father, I have sinned.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>See how God Himself sought him and brought him to true
+repentance.&nbsp; He was far away from the hand of man.&nbsp; He
+was lost to his father&rsquo;s home.&nbsp; But he was never lost
+sight of by God.&nbsp; There was a loving eye watching him, and a
+loving care seeking him, so that though lost to man he was not
+lost to God, and his father with a full heart was able at length
+to say, &ldquo;This my son was dead and is alive again; he was
+lost and is found.&rdquo;</p>
+<h2><a name="page17"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 17</span>A
+DIVINE SALVATION</h2>
+<blockquote><p style="text-align: center">&ldquo;Salvation is of
+the Lord.&rdquo;&mdash;<span class="smcap">Jonah</span> ii.
+9.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;According as His divine power hath given unto us all
+things that pertain onto life and godliness, through the
+knowledge of Him that hath called us to glory and
+virtue.&rdquo;&mdash;2 <span class="smcap">St. Peter</span> i.
+3.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p><span class="smcap">No</span> one can read his Bible without
+being convinced that it is full of practical exhortations as to
+human conduct and human effort.&nbsp; Those who are seeking the
+Lord Jesus Christ are exhorted to repent, to believe, to be
+converted, to seek, to come, and to follow on to know the
+Lord.&nbsp; Hence it follows that as we are very apt to see only
+one side of anything at a time, there is a great tendency to
+dwell exclusively on human action, and to exhort, and to
+persuade, as if everything was in our own hands, so that we may
+do just what we please, and when we please, in the great matter
+of our soul&rsquo;s salvation.&nbsp; People are apt to write and
+speak about coming to Jesus as if it all rested with the sinner
+himself.&nbsp; But this, though deduced from a truth, is not the
+whole truth of Scripture.&nbsp; We find there beyond all doubt
+the warning, the offer and the invitation; but we find also the
+clear description of a divine salvation, the plan of divine
+wisdom, and the gift of divine grace.&nbsp; Accordingly in this
+passage when St. Peter <a name="citation17"></a><a
+href="#footnote17" class="citation">[17]</a> is addressing <a
+name="page18"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 18</span>those who had
+obtained like precious faith with himself, he makes it perfectly
+clear at the very outset of his letter that they had obtained it,
+not by the power of their own energy, or the determination of
+their own will, but through the power of God, the gift of God,
+and the call of God, &ldquo;whereby were given unto them
+exceeding great and precious promises.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation18a"></a><a href="#footnote18a"
+class="citation">[18a]</a></p>
+<p>Let us, therefore, turn our attention to the divine side of
+the great transaction, and trace through four successive steps,
+the divine Saviour, the divine salvation, the divine revelation,
+and the divine application.</p>
+<h3>I.&nbsp; <span class="smcap">A Divine Saviour</span>.</h3>
+<p>It is not my business now to make any attempt to prove the
+divinity of our Blessed Redeemer, for I take it for granted that
+we all admit the great truths of Christianity.&nbsp; What I
+desire now to do is to point out that, if saved at all, we are
+saved by a Person, and that that Person is divine.&nbsp; The Lord
+Jesus Christ is a personal Saviour, and as a personal Saviour,
+saves us from the death of sin.&nbsp; It is as much a personal
+act as when a bold swimmer leaps into the ocean and saves a
+drowning man.</p>
+<p>Now it is plain that everything depends on the nature and
+power of the person who saves us.&nbsp; If He be only man, then
+we can hope for nothing more than a man-made salvation.&nbsp; The
+salvation will not rise above the Saviour; but if He is divine,
+then we may rest on His divine omnipotence, and look for the
+power of God unto salvation.&nbsp; Thus the divinity of the Lord
+Jesus Christ is a matter of life and death to us.&nbsp; The
+question is whether we are to save ourselves or be saved by our
+God.&nbsp; And this is the issue which He Himself raised when He
+said, &ldquo;I give unto them eternal life.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation18b"></a><a href="#footnote18b"
+class="citation">[18b]</a>&nbsp; The statement of that passage <a
+name="page19"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 19</span>is that He,
+as a Person, holds His people in His own hand, and holds them
+with omnipotent strength because He is divine, for He and the
+Father are one.&nbsp; There, then, is both the foundation and the
+keystone of our trust.&nbsp; We may see all kinds of
+difficulties; there may be confusion, perplexity, and the cry of
+distress in every direction, but according to His divine power
+God has provided a divine Saviour, and in that Saviour we may
+rest, for He is the Son of God.</p>
+<h3>II.&nbsp; <span class="smcap">A Divine Salvation</span>.</h3>
+<p>The whole plan from first to last is divine.&nbsp; The world
+is full of human plans, some of which are successful and some
+total failures.&nbsp; One man contrives one thing and one
+another, but God alone planned the great salvation.&nbsp; It was
+not in the power of ruined nature to restore itself, so in
+boundless mercy and in His own divine omnipotence He provided a
+plan of restoration.&nbsp; Thus the purpose is divine, His own
+eternal purpose before the world was; the mode of reconciliation
+is divine, the release of the sinner through the imputation of
+sin to the sin-bearer.&nbsp; The propitiation was divine,
+&ldquo;Whom God hath set forth to be a propitiation through faith
+in His blood.&rdquo; <a name="citation20a"></a><a
+href="#footnote20a" class="citation">[20a]</a>&nbsp; The
+imputation of righteousness is divine, &ldquo;For God hath made
+Him to be sin for us, who knew no sin; that we might be made the
+righteousness of God in Him.&rdquo; <a name="citation20b"></a><a
+href="#footnote20b" class="citation">[20b]</a></p>
+<p>The work of sanctification is divine, &ldquo;Of Him are ye in
+Christ Jesus, who of God is made unto us . . .
+sanctification;&rdquo; <a name="citation20c"></a><a
+href="#footnote20c" class="citation">[20c]</a> and the final
+gathering of God&rsquo;s elect will be divine for &ldquo;all that
+are in the graves shall hear His voice, and shall come
+forth.&rdquo; <a name="citation20d"></a><a href="#footnote20d"
+class="citation">[20d]</a></p>
+<p>It is most important to bear this well in mind, for it <a
+name="page20"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 20</span>places the
+subject beyond the sphere of human speculation.&nbsp; If a man
+starts a new system of philosophy, or if people advocate any
+particular system in politics, we are perfectly at liberty to
+criticise it.&nbsp; What one man does, another man may
+criticise.&nbsp; But it is a very different thing with the
+salvation of God.&nbsp; Once admit that it is a divine plan,
+arranged in divine wisdom and carried out in divine power, and it
+is then manifestly beyond the reach of human intellect.&nbsp;
+There may be things in it which seem to us very mysterious; but
+what else can we expect when the infinite and divine arrangements
+of God are subjected to the speculations of the finite mind of
+man?&nbsp; If the whole salvation were of such a character as to
+present no points of difficulty to the human inquirer, we might
+almost doubt its divinity, and believe that as it is within the
+range of man&rsquo;s mind, so it had its origin in man&rsquo;s
+ingenuity.&nbsp; But when we see it beyond the reach of man, then
+we are taught by our own inability to fathom it, to regard it as
+a plan above ourselves, for the simple reason that it is
+divine.</p>
+<h3>III.&nbsp; <span class="smcap">Divine Revelation</span>.</h3>
+<p>But when we have acknowledged that the Saviour and the
+salvation are divine, there remains a further question of the
+utmost possible importance.&nbsp; It is this.&nbsp; In what way
+is this divine salvation made known to mankind?&nbsp; Is it known
+by human discovery or divine communication?&nbsp; Do we know it
+by thinking out the subject, or by receiving a revelation from
+God?&nbsp; Surely the answer to this question is obvious, that a
+divine salvation can only be known by a divine
+communication.&nbsp; The eternal purpose of God can only be known
+by divine communication from Himself.&nbsp; A supernatural
+salvation requires in the very nature of things a supernatural
+communication from <a name="page21"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+21</span>God.&nbsp; Thus an Apostle describes <a
+name="citation21"></a><a href="#footnote21"
+class="citation">[21]</a> the faith, not as having been
+<i>discovered by</i> the saints, but as having been <i>delivered
+to</i> the saints, delivered to them, that is, in God&rsquo;s own
+inspired Word.&nbsp; As God has planned a complete salvation, so
+He has given a complete revelation of that salvation.&nbsp; He
+has not left us to grope for it as blind men feeling for the
+wall; but has revealed His plan in His own word, and taught us to
+rest in the scripture of truth as His own revelation of His
+purpose of grace.</p>
+<h3>IV.&nbsp; <span class="smcap">The Divine
+Application</span>.</h3>
+<p>To many this is the most difficult of the four points
+mentioned at the outset.&nbsp; They are perfectly satisfied as to
+the divine Saviour, the divine salvation, and the divine
+revelation in the Word of God, but have found no little
+difficulty in the application of it to themselves.&nbsp; They can
+see the chain with its three links hanging down from heaven over
+their heads, but it is just out of their own reach, and as a poor
+dying sailor once said to me, &ldquo;I see the rope, but I cannot
+get hold of it.&rdquo;&nbsp; So they see the salvation, but
+cannot get hold of it as their own.&nbsp; If there are any
+anxious on the subject, and earnestly desiring &ldquo;to get
+hold&rdquo; on the great salvation, let them remember that what
+they really want is for <i>the Saviour to lay hold on them</i>,
+and this is what He practically does by the power of the Holy
+Ghost.&nbsp; It is the peculiar office of the Holy Ghost to take
+of the things of the Lord Jesus Christ and apply them unto us,
+and without that act of His we may struggle in vain to reach the
+blessing.&nbsp; It is not enough for us to be told that God has
+provided a perfect Saviour, that that Saviour has made a perfect
+propitiation, and that by virtue of that propitiation the great
+salvation is offered to us as a gift.&nbsp; We may be <a
+name="page22"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 22</span>assured of
+all that and yet live on without it, for we want in addition that
+which the human heart cannot find in itself, the power to receive
+the gift and, receiving it, to live.&nbsp; It is by this mighty
+power that those who sleep are awakened; those far off are
+brought nigh; the bondsmen are set free; the dead made alive, and
+those who are strangers and outcasts are made heirs of God
+through the blood of Christ.</p>
+<p>There is no case too hopeless for the Lord&rsquo;s
+salvation.&nbsp; There are many who have been so utterly
+unsuccessful in their efforts to rise that they begin to think
+there is something peculiar in themselves which makes them an
+exception to the general offer of life and pardon.&nbsp; And
+there are others who are longing for the salvation of some
+stubborn, unbroken heart, but who have sought so long and so
+hopelessly that they almost begin to despair.&nbsp; Now whether
+your anxiety be for yourself or others, remember the divinity of
+the great salvation.&nbsp; If the whole is divine, why should it
+not be sufficient?&nbsp; You say you are dead, but cannot the
+divine power raise the dead?&nbsp; You say your sins are too
+great for pardon, but is not the divine propitiation sufficient
+for them all?&nbsp; You say you cannot produce even a good
+prayer, but does not the divine revelation assure you that the
+salvation is a free gift even for those who have nothing?</p>
+<p>Give up, then, all thought of working yourself up to
+salvation, for that is a mere human process, and is certain to
+fail, but throw yourself <i>before you are saved</i> right away
+on the Saviour for His great gift of salvation.&nbsp; Remember
+that the whole thing from first to last is divine, and, because
+it is divine, as a little child trust it without the slightest
+qualification, trust the promise, accept the gift, and may God
+grant that you <a name="page23"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+23</span>may be able to use as your own the words of the text,
+&ldquo;According as His divine power hath given unto me all
+things that pertain unto life and godliness, through the
+knowledge of Him who hath called <i>me</i> to glory and
+virtue.&rdquo;</p>
+<h2><a name="page24"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+24</span>FEELINGS</h2>
+<blockquote><p style="text-align: center">&ldquo;Love, joy,
+peace.&rdquo;&mdash;<span class="smcap">Gal</span>. v. 22.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p><span class="smcap">Feelings</span> clearly have their place
+in the things of God.&nbsp; Our Christianity is based on
+principles, but still it calls forth the feelings.&nbsp; Now
+there are two great extremes into which we are apt to fall with
+reference to Christian feeling.</p>
+<p>There are some whose religion seems to consist in feeling
+only.&nbsp; They look for warm, bright emotions, they bring
+everything to the standard of their feelings, and if they feel as
+they wish to do they are satisfied.&nbsp; Their hearts are warmed
+by the things of God, and many a cold, phlegmatic theologian
+would be a different being if he could but catch something of
+their feeling.</p>
+<p>But still we must put in a caution, for feelings, however
+bright, are not to be trusted unless they rise out of principle
+and end in practice.&nbsp; If you have feeling only&mdash;a
+feeling not based on solid acquaintance with Scriptural truth, it
+will rise like a bubble, and look as beautiful in its colours,
+but it will burst as easily as the bubble does, and even at its
+best estate can never bear the slightest pressure.&nbsp; Here,
+then, is one extreme&mdash;the religion of feeling, of emotion,
+of impression, taking the place of the religion of conviction, of
+principle, of faith.</p>
+<p>But there is another extreme: I mean the religion <a
+name="page25"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 25</span>without
+feeling.&nbsp; Some seem to think all emotion, or warmth, or
+fervour is enthusiasm, and settle down satisfied with a cold
+reception of Christian truth.&nbsp; They may be quite correct in
+their creed, and may really believe all the great truths of the
+Gospel, but their system is to give no expression to Christian
+emotion, and this has a wonderful power of chilling all around
+them.</p>
+<p>We must not rest satisfied with an unfeeling consent to
+Christian truth.&nbsp; We want to feel as well as to know, and to
+have the heart really warmed by the tender love of our gracious
+Saviour.&nbsp; But here I suspect that I shall be met by a great
+difficulty on the part of many of you, for this feeling is
+exactly that which many cannot find.&nbsp; You can understand,
+but you cannot feel.&nbsp; Your great trouble is, that there is
+such a dreadful apathy over your whole soul that nothing seems to
+rouse it.&nbsp; If this is the case consider&mdash;</p>
+<h3>I.&nbsp; <span class="smcap">The Feelings, however Warm, can
+never justify, and the Want of Feeling does not prevent
+Justification</span>.</h3>
+<p>I have known persons who have long since given up all idea of
+being justified by <i>works</i>, who still have a secret clinging
+to some idea of being justified by <i>feelings</i>.&nbsp; If they
+could but feel more&mdash;more love, more repentance, more
+warmth&mdash;then they think they could trust Christ for their
+acceptance.&nbsp; They have learned, they think, to trust Him if
+they have the feelings, but they would not venture to do so
+without them.</p>
+<p>Now, before they can be happy in Christ they will have to go a
+step deeper, and learn to trust Him when they have not the
+feelings as well as when they have.&nbsp; They must remember that
+our justification is entirely dependent on His atonement and His
+righteousness, <a name="page26"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+26</span>and so it is His free gift, freely given to those that
+are dead in sin.&nbsp; Now a dead man has no feelings.&nbsp; If,
+therefore, we wait for our justification until we have the
+feelings we must wait till we are alive.&nbsp; But the language
+of Scripture is, &ldquo;God, who is rich in mercy, for His great
+love wherewith He loved us, even when we were dead in sins, hath
+quickened us together with Christ.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation26"></a><a href="#footnote26"
+class="citation">[26]</a>&nbsp; Your only hope, therefore, is to
+trust Him as you are, without waiting till you are one atom
+warmer than you are at this present moment.&nbsp; With your heart
+as cold as you now feel it to be, you must throw yourself at once
+before His feet, and cry, &ldquo;Lord, save me, I
+perish.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Closely connected with this suggestion is another, namely
+this&mdash;</p>
+<h3>II.&nbsp; <span class="smcap">If you want to be made to feel,
+you must lose no Time in going Near to a Father&rsquo;s
+Throne</span>.</h3>
+<p>You will never feel warm while you stand shivering outside the
+city.&nbsp; You must go inside, even while you are cold, and
+there have your heart warmed by the Lord Himself.&nbsp; Remember
+that the great heart-warming subject is the tender love of God as
+displayed in Christ Jesus.&nbsp; If the love of Christ does not
+make you feel, nothing else will.&nbsp; Do not, therefore, stand
+afar off gazing on your own coldness, but turn at once to the
+Cross of Christ.&nbsp; Study Him in the garden bowed down under
+the heavy burden of sin; study Him on the cross forsaken even of
+the Father, and remember that all that was borne for you, even
+for you.&nbsp; Remember there was a personal connection between
+Him and you in the whole of that great transaction, and so abide,
+as it were, gazing on the Lord Jesus, on His life, on His
+meekness, on His burden, on His cry.&nbsp; <a
+name="page27"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 27</span>Pray God that
+you may realize your part in the whole matter.&nbsp; Confess
+before Him your own cold, dead, lifeless condition.&nbsp; Trust
+Him, as He died for you, to save you from it; and so you may hope
+that, though you feel so cold as you approach Him, you may
+experience something of His love when you gaze on Him, and know
+something even of His joy when you go on your way justified
+through His grace.</p>
+<h3>III.&nbsp; <span class="smcap">Remember well that Feeling is
+the Gift of the Holy Spirit, and that you cannot work yourself up
+to it</span>.</h3>
+<p>It is very clearly the work of the Holy Spirit to call forth
+feeling.&nbsp; He does not act on the head only, but on the heart
+also.&nbsp; He opens the understanding, but His great office is
+to make His people feel what they already know.&nbsp; Thus of the
+nine fruits of the Spirit <a name="citation27a"></a><a
+href="#footnote27a" class="citation">[27a]</a> the first three
+are all emotions.&nbsp; Their seat is neither in the head nor in
+the practice, but they are all feelings of the heart,
+&ldquo;Love, joy, peace.&rdquo;&nbsp; They all lead to practice,
+and all are founded on principle, but all three are sacred
+emotions implanted there by the Holy Ghost Himself.</p>
+<p>If, therefore, your cold, unfeeling heart is a real sorrow to
+you; if the trouble of your heart is that your sins trouble you
+so little, and that you feel so coldly towards that Blessed
+Saviour who has felt for you so deeply, rest not content, but
+throw yourself before God that the Spirit of grace and of
+supplication may enable you to look upon Him whom you have
+pierced, that He may take of the things of Jesus and show them
+unto you; that He may call forth in your soul His own fruits of
+love, joy, and peace, and that so He may answer you the
+Apostle&rsquo;s prayer&mdash;&ldquo;The God of Hope fill you with
+all joy and peace in believing.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation27b"></a><a href="#footnote27b"
+class="citation">[27b]</a></p>
+<h2><a name="page28"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 28</span>A
+PEACEFUL DEATH-BED</h2>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;Lord, now lettest Thou Thy servant depart
+in peace, according to Thy word:</p>
+<p>&ldquo;For mine eyes have seen Thy
+salvation.&rdquo;&mdash;<span class="smcap">St. Luke</span> ii.
+29, 30.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p><span class="smcap">Our</span> thoughts are often directed to
+the blessed prospect of our Lord&rsquo;s return, and there cannot
+be a doubt that His personal coming is the crowning hope of the
+Church of God.&nbsp; At the same time, it is most important for
+us to be, if I may so express it, familiar with the thought of
+the present heaven.&nbsp; The youngest amongst us may be cut down
+at any moment, and the old amongst us must be convinced that our
+time is short, and that our places must soon be filled by
+others.&nbsp; We ought, therefore, to know where we are going,
+and what it is that awaits us when &ldquo;the earthly house of
+this tabernacle shall be dissolved.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation28a"></a><a href="#footnote28a"
+class="citation">[28a]</a></p>
+<p>The words of our text, so often chanted in our churches,
+express a sentiment to which, I fear, many who chant them are
+entire strangers, for they express the peaceful readiness with
+which Simeon was looking forward to his death.&nbsp; It had been
+&ldquo;revealed unto him by the Holy Ghost, that he should not
+see death, before he had seen the Lord&rsquo;s Christ.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation28b"></a><a href="#footnote28b"
+class="citation">[28b]</a>&nbsp; He had, therefore, spent his
+latter days waiting and watching <a name="page29"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 29</span>for the promised Christ, and at
+length, when the Child was presented in the Temple, he saw in
+that Child the Messiah for whom he had been waiting, and then it
+was that, his hope being fulfilled, he could bless God and say,
+&ldquo;Lord, now lettest Thou Thy servant depart in
+peace.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>There are three subjects suggested by his words.</p>
+<h3>I.&nbsp; <span class="smcap">The View which is here given of
+Death</span>.</h3>
+<p>He does not speak of it as annihilation, destruction, or
+stupefaction, but as a departure or removal from one place to
+another.&nbsp; If a person were to depart from this place and go
+elsewhere, he would simply change his home.&nbsp; Until he
+departs his home is here, but when he departs his home is
+elsewhere.</p>
+<p>Is it not exactly the same when the spirit departs from its
+present home and removes to the building of God, the house not
+made with hands, eternal in the heavens?&nbsp; In this case, as
+in an earthly removal, departure implies the continuance of
+life.&nbsp; Thus I rejoice in the many passages in which death is
+spoken of as a departure.&nbsp; It was clearly the idea in the
+mind of St. Paul, as when he said, &ldquo;having a desire to
+depart,&rdquo; <a name="citation29a"></a><a href="#footnote29a"
+class="citation">[29a]</a> and again, &ldquo;The time of my
+departure is at hand.&rdquo; <a name="citation29b"></a><a
+href="#footnote29b" class="citation">[29b]</a>&nbsp; When those
+we love are in far distant lands we see them not, but they are
+there; our eyes cannot behold them, nor our ears hear their
+pleasant voices, for they are far away, but that does not lead us
+to doubt either their life, their intelligence, or their
+affection.&nbsp; Just so it is with those that are gone.&nbsp; We
+no longer hear the voice, or look on the loved countenance, but
+we are fully persuaded that, as spirits, they are living
+elsewhere, that separation is not destruction, and that removal
+does not involve the diminution of the intelligent powers of the
+living mind.</p>
+<p><a name="page30"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 30</span>But if
+death is thus a departure, where is the place to which the spirit
+goes?&nbsp; Over this point there is a veil thrown in
+Scripture.&nbsp; If we were to know all about it there would be
+nothing in the knowledge to affect our practical conduct, so
+there is no knowledge given.&nbsp; Nor do we require it, for one
+thing is told us, and that one thing is enough.&nbsp; If assured
+of that one thing we want no more.&nbsp; What, then, is that one
+thing so clearly revealed to us in God&rsquo;s holy Word?&nbsp;
+Where shall we find an account of it?&nbsp; Let us turn to the
+language of the Apostle Paul: &ldquo;I am in a strait betwixt
+two, having a desire to depart, and to be with Christ.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation30a"></a><a href="#footnote30a"
+class="citation">[30a]</a>&nbsp; He knew, therefore, that in his
+departure he should depart to be with Christ, in the conscious
+enjoyment of His perceptible and never-ceasing love.</p>
+<h3>II.&nbsp; <span class="smcap">The Spirit in which the
+Believer may die</span>.</h3>
+<p>This is described in the words of Simeon, &ldquo;Let thy
+servant depart in peace.&rdquo;&nbsp; Simeon could look forward
+to his dying hour in a tranquil spirit of calm, resting
+peace.&nbsp; How often is there care on the heart of the dying
+believer.&nbsp; A father may be leaving his wife and family, who
+have been dependent on him for support; or a mother her children,
+with the strong conviction that there is no substitute for a
+mother&rsquo;s love.&nbsp; Let no one suppose that there is no
+trial of faith in such a separation, and that it is not, in many
+cases, very hard to trust.&nbsp; But in Christ Jesus there may be
+peace even in such a parting, and the dying mother, if she knows
+her Saviour, may trust her all into His loving hands, and say,
+&ldquo;I know whom I have believed, and am persuaded that He is
+able to keep that which I have committed unto Him.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation30b"></a><a href="#footnote30b"
+class="citation">[30b]</a>&nbsp; She has committed her children
+into His care.&nbsp; They are her deposit with God, and she may
+be at perfect peace in the <a name="page31"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 31</span>assurance that, though <i>she</i> is
+departing, <i>He</i> is remaining, and will remain a faithful
+Saviour till every one of those dear children is presented safe
+before His throne.</p>
+<p>Let no one suppose that it is not a very solemn thing to die,
+to be suddenly cut off from everything of which we have ever had
+any experience, and to launch out alone into an invisible
+world.&nbsp; It cannot, therefore, be an easy thing to die in
+peace.&nbsp; But, thanks be to God, we believe that the departing
+spirit passes at once into the loving presence of our Redeemer,
+and why should there not be peace?&nbsp; I believe it is the
+forgetfulness of this personal entrance into the personal
+presence of a personal Saviour that sometimes seems to darken the
+dying hour.&nbsp; People forget those few words, &ldquo;Thou art
+with me,&rdquo; <a name="citation31a"></a><a href="#footnote31a"
+class="citation">[31a]</a> and then they are afraid.&nbsp; But
+when we rest on those words, and combine them with our assured
+hope, knowing that He is now with us invisibly, and that we are
+going to be with Him visibly, then we shall be able to say, as
+Simeon did, &ldquo;Lord, now lettest Thou Thy servant depart in
+peace.&rdquo;</p>
+<h3>III.&nbsp; <span class="smcap">The Great Foundation of
+Simeon&rsquo;s Peaceful Trust</span>.</h3>
+<p>His eyes had seen the salvation of God.&nbsp; What he had
+really seen was the promised Messiah, that is, the Lord&rsquo;s
+Christ.&nbsp; The little child was the promised Saviour, and to
+him the Saviour was salvation.&nbsp; The Person and the Gift were
+so bound together that they were as one.&nbsp; He could not know
+the Person without the Gift, or enjoy the Gift except through the
+Person.&nbsp; Thus our Lord, more than thirty years afterwards,
+spoke of Himself as &ldquo;the Salvation,&rdquo; <a
+name="citation31b"></a><a href="#footnote31b"
+class="citation">[31b]</a> when He said, as He entered into the
+house of Zacch&aelig;us, &ldquo;This day is salvation come to
+this house.&rdquo;&nbsp; Simeon had what <a
+name="page32"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 32</span>we cannot
+have, something material that he could handle and look
+upon.&nbsp; His hand could handle and his eye could see the
+little child; and there cannot be a doubt that there is in the
+human mind a craving after something visible, tangible, and
+material.&nbsp; But we have nothing of the kind; we cannot hold
+our salvation in our hands.&nbsp; Neither do we want it
+there.&nbsp; It is safer in the hands of our Lord Himself.&nbsp;
+But though we cannot say, &ldquo;Mine <i>eyes</i> have
+seen,&rdquo; we can say, thanks be to God, &ldquo;Mine
+<i>heart</i> hath seen,&rdquo; and we can understand the words,
+&ldquo;Whom having not seen, ye love.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation32a"></a><a href="#footnote32a"
+class="citation">[32a]</a>&nbsp; There is exactly the same union
+in that passage between the Saviour and the salvation.&nbsp;
+Receiving Him we receive salvation, and beholding Him with the
+eye of faith we behold, as it were, our names written in the Book
+of Life.</p>
+<p>To behold the Saviour is a very personal matter.&nbsp; It is
+not merely to behold Him like a monument on a distant hill, which
+we can admire, but never enter; or as a harbour of refuge which
+we cannot reach.&nbsp; It must not be with us as it was with
+Balaam when he said, &ldquo;I shall behold Him, but not
+nigh,&rdquo; <a name="citation32b"></a><a href="#footnote32b"
+class="citation">[32b]</a> for the invitation to us is to draw
+near, and our privilege is in our inmost soul to pour out our
+heart before Him, as before One who knows all its secrets, and
+through His own most precious blood has blotted out all its
+guilt.&nbsp; This has thrown a gleam of sacred light into many a
+death-chamber.&nbsp; May God grant that it may be the same with
+each of us.&nbsp; Let none of us rest until we can say,
+&ldquo;Mine eyes have seen Thy salvation,&rdquo; till we not
+merely know that there is a Saviour, but can rest assured that He
+has saved us, and has made us&mdash;even us&mdash;heirs of God
+and joint-heirs with Himself in His kingdom.</p>
+<h2><a name="page33"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 33</span>A
+PEACEFUL LIFE</h2>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;To me to live is Christ.&rdquo;&mdash;<span
+class="smcap">Phil</span>. i. 21.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p><span class="smcap">We</span> have studied the subject of a
+peaceful death-bed and I hope we learned how to die.&nbsp; Let us
+now turn our thoughts to a peaceful life and endeavour to learn
+how to live.&nbsp; The two things are bound fast together.</p>
+<p>Let us study what St. Paul meant when he said, &ldquo;To me to
+live is Christ.&rdquo;&nbsp; When there is any one object, for
+which, and in which, a person lives, it is not an uncommon thing
+to say it is his life.&nbsp; To a certain extent this explains
+the expression, &ldquo;To me to live is Christ,&rdquo; for the
+Lord Jesus Christ was the one absorbing object of St.
+Paul&rsquo;s whole life.&nbsp; He thought of Him; he leaned on
+Him; he trusted in Him; he loved Him, and he lived for Him.&nbsp;
+He could not do without Him.&nbsp; If we look at the subject more
+in detail we find three things very clearly taught us in
+Scripture.&nbsp; Our life is hidden <i>with</i> Him, dependent
+<i>on</i> Him, and devoted <i>to</i> Him.</p>
+<h3>HIDDEN WITH HIM</h3>
+<p>In this stormy world we perpetually need a hiding-place, a
+shelter from the storm, and a covert from the blast.&nbsp; And so
+in the great prophecy of our Lord and Saviour revealed in Isaiah,
+we read of Him, &ldquo;A man <a name="page34"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 34</span>shall be as an hiding-place from the
+wind.&rdquo; <a name="citation34a"></a><a href="#footnote34a"
+class="citation">[34a]</a>&nbsp; But three centuries before
+Isaiah uttered that prophecy David had learnt to hide under His
+care, and said of Him, &ldquo;Thou art my hiding-place.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation34b"></a><a href="#footnote34b"
+class="citation">[34b]</a>&nbsp; The trouble from which he was
+hiding was deep conviction of sin.&nbsp; In consequence of his
+sin the hand of God had been heavy upon him day and night.&nbsp;
+But at length the guilt of his great sin had been blotted out,
+and as a forgiven man he could find shelter in the very God
+against whom he had transgressed.&nbsp; He could hide himself in
+the love of Him against whom he had sinned, and instead of
+finding the Lord&rsquo;s hand heavy upon him, he could rejoice in
+the thought that there was a wall of praise around him.&nbsp; Now
+just in the same way our life is said to be hidden with
+Christ.&nbsp; &ldquo;Your life is hid with Christ in God.&rdquo;
+<a name="citation34c"></a><a href="#footnote34c"
+class="citation">[34c]</a>&nbsp; It is not exposed to the rude
+shocks of the outer world, but is hidden with Him.&nbsp; As
+<i>He</i> is unseen, so <i>it</i> is unseen; but as <i>He</i> is
+safe at the right hand of the Father, so is <i>it</i> safe, being
+laid up in perfect safety as a sure deposit in the everlasting
+fidelity of God.&nbsp; It is on the safety of this deposit that
+our whole life depends.&nbsp; If there were the slightest doubt
+about it we should be like ships drifting on the wide ocean
+without either chart, compass, or anchorage.&nbsp; But now we are
+safe because indissolubly bound up with the Saviour, and so
+completely is our life identified with Him that in the next verse
+He is described as &ldquo;Christ our life.&rdquo;&nbsp; He holds
+our life in His right hand.&nbsp; He is the source, the fountain,
+and the main spring of it all, so that we can well understand the
+words of St. John, &ldquo;He that hath the Son hath life.&rdquo;
+<a name="citation34d"></a><a href="#footnote34d"
+class="citation">[34d]</a></p>
+<h3><a name="page35"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+35</span>DEPENDENT ON HIM</h3>
+<p>There is a struggle in the human heart for independence.&nbsp;
+The tendency of the day is to throw off all dependence, and, with
+it, all submission.&nbsp; &ldquo;<i>I</i> will,&rdquo;
+&ldquo;<i>I</i> choose,&rdquo; &ldquo;<i>I</i> think,&rdquo;
+&ldquo;<i>I</i> determine,&rdquo; &ldquo;<i>I</i> am
+resolved,&rdquo; is the self-sufficient language of these latter
+days.&nbsp; Now such an one can never say, &ldquo;To me to live
+is Christ.&rdquo;&nbsp; If he say anything it should be,
+&ldquo;To me to live is self!&rdquo;&nbsp; But see what a
+contrast there is in the life of the believer.&nbsp; Turn only to
+one passage in Galatians.&nbsp; There you find the
+&ldquo;I&rdquo; crucified; &ldquo;I am crucified with
+Christ.&rdquo; <a name="citation35"></a><a href="#footnote35"
+class="citation">[35]</a>&nbsp; But though the &ldquo;I&rdquo; is
+crucified, there is a life that remains for &ldquo;Nevertheless I
+live.&rdquo;&nbsp; And now what is the character of this abiding
+life?&nbsp; The latter part of the verse describes it, &ldquo;Yet
+not I, but Christ liveth in me.&rdquo;&nbsp; These words tell of
+a life of habitual dependence.&nbsp; It all depends on the
+in-dwelling Saviour.&nbsp; His in-dwelling, that is life, that is
+the secret of everything.&nbsp; But how is this indwelling
+realized?&nbsp; How is it appropriated or experienced?&nbsp; It
+is clear that it cannot be known by the senses.&nbsp; We cannot
+see, hear, or handle Him.&nbsp; We must not look for anything
+material.&nbsp; Nor is it connected here with anything
+Sacramental; but it is described as the unspeakable blessing of
+an abiding faith, &ldquo;The life which I now live in the flesh,
+I live by the faith of the Son of God, who loved me, and gave
+Himself for me.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>We must not leave the passage without remarking two facts
+respecting that love.</p>
+<p>(1)&nbsp; It was shown in propitiation.&nbsp; St. Paul did not
+merely say, &ldquo;Who loved me,&rdquo; but adds, &ldquo;Who gave
+<a name="page36"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 36</span>Himself
+for me.&rdquo;&nbsp; There are many proofs of His love, but the
+crowning act of all is propitiation.&nbsp; It is the ransom paid
+in full that is the one hope for the captive, and the supreme
+evidence of the Redeemer&rsquo;s love.</p>
+<p>(2)&nbsp; The love was not merely for all, but according to
+that passage, &ldquo;for <i>me</i>.&rdquo;&nbsp; One individual
+is a mere unit in a crowd, no more than a grain of sand in an
+Egyptian desert; so that it seems a very easy thing for any one
+person to be lost in the multitude.&nbsp; But it is the office of
+God the Holy Ghost to apply the work wrought out for <i>all</i>
+to the special need of <i>each one</i>.</p>
+<h3>DEVOTED TO HIM</h3>
+<p>St. Paul could say, &ldquo;To me to live is Christ,&rdquo; for
+he could also say without hesitation that the one thought of his
+life was his Saviour&rsquo;s glory.&nbsp; He lived for one
+object, and that one object is described as his life.&nbsp; Now
+we hear a great deal of consecration in these days, and we cannot
+hear too much, if only it is kept in its right place, for there
+is far too little consecration to God amongst us.&nbsp;
+Consecration is the surrender of the whole life to the
+Lord.&nbsp; It is the setting the Lord always before us in all
+that He calls us to do.&nbsp; We have been loved by Him, redeemed
+by Him, called by Him, and saved by Him; so now we are His.&nbsp;
+We belong to Him altogether.&nbsp; Our powers are no longer our
+own, but our Lord&rsquo;s; our lives should be no longer occupied
+for ourselves, but for our Lord; so that in us may be carried out
+the purpose of redeeming love as described by St. Paul.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;He died for all, that they which live should not <a
+name="page37"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 37</span>henceforth
+live unto themselves, but unto Him which died for them, and rose
+again.&rdquo; <a name="citation37"></a><a href="#footnote37"
+class="citation">[37]</a></p>
+<p>Shall we live for ourselves or for His glory?&nbsp; For the
+gratification of self, or for the happy, holy, sacred service of
+Him to whom we owe all that we have, and all that we hope for,
+our Blessed Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ?</p>
+<h2><a name="page38"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 38</span>THE
+INDWELLING OF THE HOLY SPIRIT</h2>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;Ye know Him; for He dwelleth with you, and
+shall be in you.&rdquo;&mdash;<span class="smcap">St. John</span>
+xiv. 17.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p><span class="smcap">In</span> this verse our Blessed Lord
+spoke of the knowledge enjoyed by His people.&nbsp; He spoke of
+the present, and the future; of that which they had then at the
+time that He was with them, and of that which they were about to
+enjoy after the Day of Pentecost, when He would be taken away
+from them.&nbsp; With reference to the present He says &ldquo;He
+dwelleth&rdquo; (or, is dwelling) with you, or amongst you; with
+reference to the future He says &ldquo;He shall be in
+you.&rdquo;&nbsp; There are clearly, therefore, two great
+subjects to be considered, the knowledge enjoyed by the disciples
+when the Lord Jesus was still upon earth, and the knowledge
+enjoyed by all His people ever since the Day of Pentecost.</p>
+<h3>I.&nbsp; <span class="smcap">When He was on
+Earth</span>.</h3>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;Ye know Him for He dwelleth with
+you.&rdquo;</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>The expression does not describe an internal union within the
+soul, but an external companionship.&nbsp; The meaning is the
+same as when St. John said, &ldquo;There standeth one among you,
+whom ye know not.&rdquo; <a name="citation38"></a><a
+href="#footnote38" class="citation">[38]</a>&nbsp; There they
+were, a little company of disciples, and amongst them in the
+midst of their society, in the <a name="page39"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 39</span>room where they were assembled, was
+abiding, or dwelling, the Spirit of Truth.</p>
+<p>Now what was the meaning of this declaration?&nbsp; Was it not
+this?&nbsp; That the Holy Spirit was at that time dwelling
+amongst them as embodied and manifested in the Person of the Lord
+Jesus Christ.&nbsp; Of Him it was said by John the Baptist
+&ldquo;God giveth not the Spirit by measure unto Him.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation39a"></a><a href="#footnote39a"
+class="citation">[39a]</a>&nbsp; So it was said by St. Paul,
+&ldquo;In Him dwelleth all the fulness of the Godhead
+bodily.&rdquo; <a name="citation39b"></a><a href="#footnote39b"
+class="citation">[39b]</a>&nbsp; And by St. Peter we are taught
+that He was anointed with the Holy Ghost, and God was with Him.
+<a name="citation39c"></a><a href="#footnote39c"
+class="citation">[39c]</a></p>
+<p>Consider, then, the Lord Jesus Christ as God manifest in the
+flesh, as the human manifestation of the mind and power of the
+Holy Ghost, and you will see in a moment that while He was on
+earth the Spirit of Truth was dwelling amongst the
+disciples.&nbsp; Where the Lord Jesus was, there was the Spirit;
+where He dwelt, there the Spirit dwelt; and when He and those
+twelve disciples sat together at the Last Supper, He could say of
+the Spirit of Truth, &ldquo;Ye know Him for He dwelleth with, or
+among, you.&rdquo;</p>
+<h3>II.&nbsp; <span class="smcap">The Knowledge enjoyed by all
+His People after His Departure</span>.</h3>
+<p>It was to be very different afterwards.&nbsp; There is an
+immense change when our Lord speaks of what should take place
+after His departure.&nbsp; It is no longer &ldquo;with,&rdquo;
+but &ldquo;in.&rdquo;&nbsp; He would be not merely present in
+their company, but abiding in their souls.</p>
+<p>In this promise, there are three things requiring our careful
+notice.</p>
+<p>(1)&nbsp; The promise applies not to a company, to a society,
+to a Church, or to any body of men, but <i>to each
+individual</i>.&nbsp; The Holy Spirit will not be merely <a
+name="page40"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 40</span>in the midst
+of a congregation, but a sacred guest in each soul.&nbsp; You see
+this very clearly in the history of the Day of Pentecost. <a
+name="citation40"></a><a href="#footnote40"
+class="citation">[40]</a>&nbsp; The Holy Spirit came on the
+company, on the Church, for He filled all the house where they
+were sitting.&nbsp; But besides that there was a separate
+personal gift to each person present, for &ldquo;it sat upon each
+of them and they were all filled with the Holy Ghost.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>(2)&nbsp; The sacred gift is no longer localized or specially
+enjoyed in one place.&nbsp; So long as the Lord Jesus was amongst
+them where He was, there was the Gift.&nbsp; But now, wherever
+the believer is, there is the Gift.&nbsp; See the unspeakable
+blessedness of this sacred promise.&nbsp; The gift of the Spirit
+is not confined to this place or that.&nbsp; It is the
+inestimable privilege of each individual believer wherever he is,
+and in whatever position it may please God to cast his lot.&nbsp;
+You may be cut off from the means of grace in which you have
+delighted, but wherever you are, you are not cut off from the
+Spirit of Truth, from the indwelling of the Holy Ghost, for He is
+not limited to time, or place, or circumstance, and wherever you
+go at the Lord&rsquo;s command, there you will carry His presence
+with you.</p>
+<p>(3)&nbsp; He dwells <i>within</i> the soul.</p>
+<p>There is this great difference between His presence and that
+of the most faithful and loving of friends.&nbsp; The friend can
+only judge by the outside; the anxious look, the tear in the eye,
+or the words of sorrow.&nbsp; But the Spirit of Truth is within,
+and He takes note of the inner secrets of the soul.&nbsp; He does
+not wait for any external evidence of what is passing.&nbsp; The
+hidden springs of thought are all open to His eye: the secret
+pain that is never breathed to any <a name="page41"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 41</span>one; the hidden hope that smoulders
+in the heart; the subtle temptation that is beginning to grow up
+unperceived, and the yearning of soul after a higher
+life,&mdash;all these things are open to Him, and He, dwelling
+within and knowing all that is passing within, can check, can
+guide, can heal, can help, can supply any possible need
+&ldquo;according to His riches in glory by Christ Jesus.&rdquo;
+<a name="citation41a"></a><a href="#footnote41a"
+class="citation">[41a]</a></p>
+<p>There is no telling, then, the unspeakable blessing of the
+Pentecostal gift, and we can perfectly understand why it was that
+our Lord said &ldquo;It is expedient for you that I go
+away.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>But do we all desire it?&nbsp; &ldquo;Of course we do,&rdquo;
+say some.&nbsp; But it is not at all a matter of course.&nbsp;
+There was no room for Christ in the inn at Bethlehem, and there
+is no room for the Spirit of Truth in many hearts.&nbsp; If He
+dwells within your soul He will humble you and make you to
+&ldquo;abhor yourself and repent in dust and ashes.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation41b"></a><a href="#footnote41b"
+class="citation">[41b]</a>&nbsp; Do you desire that?&nbsp; If He
+dwells within you, He will wean you from the world and teach you
+to live as one looking for the Kingdom.&nbsp; Do you desire
+that?&nbsp; If He dwells within you He will teach you to give up
+your own will.&nbsp; Do you desire that?&nbsp; Do you desire
+really to be led by the Spirit, taught by the Spirit to become a
+humble, gentle, and submissive child of God?&nbsp; I fear there
+are many who, when the whole subject is considered, are not
+prepared to give Him an unreserved welcome, and would be tempted
+to close the door of their hearts against His entrance.&nbsp; If
+the door is opened by them at all, it is only set ajar, and not
+thrown wide open that the King of Glory may enter in, in the
+fulness of His power, and turn out everything that is at variance
+with His will.</p>
+<p><a name="page42"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 42</span>But I
+believe there are many who would hold nothing back and who long
+above all things that the Spirit of Truth may take full
+possession of their souls.&nbsp; Their difficulty is not that
+they do not wish it, but that they can scarcely believe it
+possible that He should ever dwell in such a heart as
+theirs.&nbsp; They find so much sin there that they can scarcely
+imagine it possible that the Holy Comforter should not be driven
+from them by all that He sees within.&nbsp; No doubt there is
+quite sufficient to drive Him grieved and displeased from His
+resting-place, and if it were not for the everlasting covenant of
+God, and the precious blood of Christ, I can perfectly understand
+the impossibility of His making such a heart His
+dwelling-place.&nbsp; But the atoning blood alters the whole
+case.&nbsp; The blood of Christ breaks down every barrier.&nbsp;
+It is a new and living way <a name="citation42"></a><a
+href="#footnote42" class="citation">[42]</a> by which not only
+may you enter boldly into the presence of God, but through which
+the Spirit of God may enter your heart and take full possession
+of it as His own abiding-place.</p>
+<p>If you are longing to be filled with the Spirit, you must look
+straight to that cross of Christ.&nbsp; You must remember the
+fulness of the pardon.&nbsp; You must trust to that Atonement as
+breaking down even the barrier raised by your own dark
+corruption, and, pleading that precious blood, must open every
+avenue of your soul to the Spirit of Truth, that He may enter in
+and there reign supreme.</p>
+<h2><a name="page43"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 43</span>THE
+WITNESS&mdash;THE LEADER&mdash;THE COMMANDER</h2>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;Behold, I have given Him for a witness to
+the people, a leader and commander to the
+people.&rdquo;&mdash;<span class="smcap">Isa</span>. lv. 4.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p><span class="smcap">It</span> is often said that a living head
+is essential to the well-being of a living Church.&nbsp; Nothing
+can be clearer than the teaching of Scripture that our Living
+Head is in heaven now, seated at the right hand of God.</p>
+<p>It is as a Living Head that our Blessed Saviour is here
+predicted.&nbsp; Three rich promises are made by God to every
+hungering and thirsting heart&mdash;Life, a Covenant, and a
+living Head.&nbsp; Life, for He says, &ldquo;Hear, and your soul
+shall live.&rdquo;&nbsp; A covenant, for He says, &ldquo;I will
+make an everlasting covenant with you;&rdquo; and a Head, for He
+adds, in the words of our text, &ldquo;Behold I have given Him
+for a witness to the people, a leader and commander to the
+people.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>The question may arise, &ldquo;Who is it that is thus given
+for a witness?&nbsp; Who is the person that the people are to
+recognize as their leader and commander?&rdquo;&nbsp; The
+prophecy says David.&nbsp; But David, we know, was a typical
+character.&nbsp; He was not merely a king, but a type; a type of
+Him who was to be both his son and his Lord.&nbsp; Accordingly we
+are taught that the name David was applied to the Lord Jesus, for
+we find the words applied by St. Paul to <a
+name="page44"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 44</span>Christ and
+His resurrection. <a name="citation44a"></a><a
+href="#footnote44a" class="citation">[44a]</a>&nbsp; We are there
+taught that when God raised up Christ from the dead, He gave us
+the sure mercies of David.&nbsp; The Lord Jesus Christ,
+therefore, is the Witness, He is the Leader, and He the Commander
+of His people.&nbsp; In other words the risen Redeemer is our
+Living Head.</p>
+<p>The text, therefore, directs us to His present action, not to
+His death or even to His life before His death, but to His
+present Headship at the right hand of God.&nbsp; He is</p>
+<h3>A WITNESS</h3>
+<p>One who bears a true and faithful testimony.&nbsp; This He did
+in His life on earth, as we learn from His own words when He
+stood before Pilate.&nbsp; &ldquo;To this end was I born, and for
+this cause came I into the world, that I should bear witness into
+the truth.&rdquo; <a name="citation44b"></a><a
+href="#footnote44b" class="citation">[44b]</a>&nbsp; And this
+same character He maintains in heaven, for at the opening of the
+Book of Revelation we are taught to look for grace and peace
+&ldquo;from Jesus Christ the faithful witness, the first-begotten
+from the dead, and the Prince of the kings of the earth.&rdquo;
+<a name="citation44c"></a><a href="#footnote44c"
+class="citation">[44c]</a>&nbsp; It is clear that as the
+&ldquo;first-begotten,&rdquo; that is, as the risen Saviour, He
+now acts as a witness.</p>
+<p>This is done in two ways.&nbsp; He is a witness to the world,
+bearing witness to God&rsquo;s great plan of salvation.&nbsp; But
+more than that He witnesses to the heart of each of His own
+children, assuring them of His faithfulness, confirming them in
+His truth, and doing what David prayed Him to do, &ldquo;Say unto
+my soul, I am thy salvation.&rdquo; <a name="citation44d"></a><a
+href="#footnote44d" class="citation">[44d]</a>&nbsp; There is an
+outer and an inner <a name="page45"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+45</span>witness; an outer witness in the power of His Spirit
+accompanying His word, and an inner witness within the souls of
+His own people; hidden from the world and known only to those who
+enjoy it, that witness of which St. John spoke when he said,
+&ldquo;He that believeth on the Son of God hath the witness in
+himself.&rdquo; <a name="citation45a"></a><a href="#footnote45a"
+class="citation">[45a]</a>&nbsp; And this may teach us an
+important lesson respecting the true nature of faith.&nbsp; It is
+faith when we receive the testimony of the Lord Jesus as an
+undoubted truth, and, without questioning, simply believe
+Him.&nbsp; There are difficult truths taught in His word, and
+some strangely at variance with human opinion; but true faith
+gives up all and trusts.&nbsp; It makes a complete surrender to
+Jesus Christ, the faithful witness.</p>
+<h3>HE IS A LEADER</h3>
+<p>And when we speak of Him as a Leader, we must not connect His
+office merely with the idea of war, for it is the office of peace
+also.&nbsp; When our Lord compares Himself to the Shepherd He
+says He &ldquo;leadeth them out.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation45b"></a><a href="#footnote45b"
+class="citation">[45b]</a>&nbsp; Nor is His office of a leader
+given up even in the peaceful rest of Heaven.&nbsp; There is a
+leading Hand even there, for when St. John was permitted to look
+in and to see the great multitude before the Throne, the Angel
+referred him to words from the blessed promise in Isaiah. <a
+name="citation45c"></a><a href="#footnote45c"
+class="citation">[45c]</a>&nbsp; In heaven, therefore, the
+promise is both fulfilled and known.&nbsp; It is fulfilled, for
+there the saints of God are refreshed by the living waters; and
+it is known, for the Angel himself, while describing the joys of
+heaven, calls attention to the ancient prophecy, and shows how <a
+name="page46"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 46</span>in the
+peaceful scene around him it was receiving its complete
+fulfilment.</p>
+<p>Now what is implied when we are taught that the Lord Jesus is
+a Leader for His people?&nbsp; It implies much more than
+teaching, and therefore the office of the leader is far beyond
+that of witness.&nbsp; It would be of but little use to explain
+to a blind man the windings of some narrow path.&nbsp; But it
+would be an act of great kindness to take him by the hand and
+lead him.&nbsp; And this is what our Leader does for us, for He
+says, &ldquo;I will bring the blind by a way they knew
+not.&rdquo; <a name="citation46a"></a><a href="#footnote46a"
+class="citation">[46a]</a></p>
+<p>Our proud hearts may dislike the dependent position of either
+the feeble or the blind; but, whether we like it or no, we are
+both blind and feeble, unable to trace our path amidst the
+perplexities of life, and equally unable to move safely alone
+even when the path may be discovered.&nbsp; It is, therefore, in
+mercy and in tender love that God has given Him to be a Leader,
+and our part is to accept the gift and trust Him.&nbsp; When we
+are brought into perplexity, into one of those positions of life
+where two ways seem to meet, we may fall down before Him as our
+great Leader, and say, &ldquo;For thy name&rsquo;s sake, lead me
+and guide me.&rdquo; <a name="citation46b"></a><a
+href="#footnote46b" class="citation">[46b]</a>&nbsp; When we find
+ourselves in slippery places and scarcely know how to stand, we
+may come into His presence and cry, &ldquo;Hold Thou me up, and I
+shall be safe.&rdquo; <a name="citation46c"></a><a
+href="#footnote46c" class="citation">[46c]</a>&nbsp; When
+perplexing doctrine is presented to us, and false teaching
+abounds around us, we may spread out His word which contains His
+testimony, and say, &ldquo;Shew me Thy ways, O Lord.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation46d"></a><a href="#footnote46d"
+class="citation">[46d]</a>&nbsp; And when we come to the valley
+of the shadow of death, when no human hand can help us, and no
+human sympathy reach our necessities, even then we <a
+name="page47"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 47</span>may be
+perfectly sure that our great Leader will never leave us; but as
+we part from all friends here on earth, and as all earthly helps
+fade away, we may lean more simply and more heavily than ever on
+Him and say, &ldquo;Though I walk through the valley of the
+shadow of death, I will fear no evil: for Thou art with
+me.&rdquo; <a name="citation47a"></a><a href="#footnote47a"
+class="citation">[47a]</a></p>
+<p>So again for the Church of Christ.&nbsp; Our lot is cast in
+very perplexing times, and those who really care for the Church
+of God must often have their hearts filled with deep
+anxiety.&nbsp; It is a happy thing to know that God has given him
+to be a Leader of the people, and &ldquo;Head over all things to
+the Church.&rdquo; <a name="citation47b"></a><a
+href="#footnote47b" class="citation">[47b]</a>&nbsp; We may trust
+Him, therefore, to take care of His own truth, and rest assured
+that amidst all the perplexities of these latter days He will
+guide His own people safe to the end, until every one of them
+appeareth before God.</p>
+<h3>HE IS A COMMANDER</h3>
+<p>We cannot say of this office, as we did of the last, that it
+belongs to peace, for it is one peculiar to war.&nbsp; The
+commander is for the battle-field, and still more for the
+well-arranged campaign.&nbsp; Thus our Lord is presented to us as
+a Commander in the book of Revelation. <a
+name="citation47c"></a><a href="#footnote47c"
+class="citation">[47c]</a>&nbsp; He then appears in His royal
+character, and at the same time heading His army.&nbsp; He
+encounters all the powers of the world, but he is surrounded by a
+little company of faithful followers, and He leads them on to
+victory.</p>
+<p>The Church of God must be prepared for conflict.&nbsp; Till
+the Lord comes sin will give the Church no peace.&nbsp; Till
+Satan is trampled down under His feet, <a name="page48"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 48</span>he will never rest in his deadly
+warfare against the Lord Jesus and His little flock.&nbsp; The
+soldier of Christ must be a man of war.</p>
+<p>The great Commander will have His own chosen and faithful
+followers&mdash;&ldquo;they that are with Him are called, and
+chosen, and faithful.&rdquo; <a name="citation48a"></a><a
+href="#footnote48a" class="citation">[48a]</a>&nbsp; They are
+marked from the world by a clear line of separation.&nbsp; They
+bear His name; they wear His uniform; they rally round His
+banner; they are not ashamed of His reproach; and wheresoever He
+goeth there it is their joy to follow Him.&nbsp; There is no
+service like His, no commander so perfect, no struggle so noble,
+no victory so certain and so glorious.</p>
+<p>If we really be amongst the chosen band of faithful followers,
+our one standard in life must be the will of our great
+Commander.&nbsp; We must be watching each signal from Him, and
+owning no authority but His.&nbsp; From first to last our spirit
+must be that of Saul of Tarsus, &ldquo;Lord, what wilt Thou have
+me to do?&rdquo; <a name="citation48b"></a><a href="#footnote48b"
+class="citation">[48b]</a>&nbsp; This may sometimes imply a
+painful surrender, a surrender of ease, and inclination, and,
+hardest of all, of pride.&nbsp; But the soldier in the earthly
+army yields at once to his commanding officer, and how much more
+should we, when He has chosen us to be His people, blotted out
+our sins by His blood, called us into His own fellowship, sealed
+us with His seal, and made us heirs of His Kingdom?</p>
+<h2><a name="page49"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 49</span>FAITH
+AND EFFORT</h2>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;Our God shall fight for
+us.&rdquo;&mdash;<span class="smcap">Neh</span>. iv. 20.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>I <span class="smcap">can</span> imagine nothing better
+calculated to make a people calm, peaceful, and courageous, than
+to be able to say in faith, &ldquo;Our God shall fight for
+us.&rdquo;&nbsp; If we can say this, we may think on our country
+and rest assured that, whatever happens, all is safe.&nbsp; If we
+can say this, we may look upon God&rsquo;s people struggling for
+His truth, sometimes sorely pressed and sometimes quite
+disheartened; but when we look on Him whom God has given to be a
+Leader and Commander of the people, we may take courage that all
+will be well, for He is our God, and He will fight for us.&nbsp;
+Or, we may look at our own personal difficulties, at the
+temptation without by which we are surrounded, and the proneness
+to yield within, which renders us perpetually liable to its
+power; and sometimes we may be ready to ask the question, Can
+such as we are ever gain the victory?&nbsp; But, if we can but
+say in faith, &ldquo;Our God shall fight for us,&rdquo; then,
+weak as we are, we may look forward to a triumph, and say even
+beforehand, &ldquo;Thanks be to God which giveth us the
+victory.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>But there are few cases in which this language of faith was
+more appropriate than when originally spoken by Nehemiah.&nbsp;
+Nehemiah was one of the <a name="page50"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 50</span>most beautiful characters to be met
+with in all history.&nbsp; I know of no one in whom there was a
+greater combination of practical, business-like habits, with
+true, simple-minded, childlike faith.&nbsp; When acting as
+cup-bearer to the King of Babylon, he heard of the desolation of
+Jerusalem, and obtained permission to return thither in order to
+rebuild the walls and restore the city.&nbsp; The Jews at the
+time were so exceedingly feeble, that the onlookers laughed them
+to scorn.&nbsp; But, when once the work was begun, contempt was
+exchanged for indignation, and Sanballat with others
+&ldquo;conspired all of them together to come and to fight
+against Jerusalem, and to hinder it.&rdquo;&nbsp; Then it was
+that Nehemiah used these words for the great encouragement of all
+who were working with him, and said, &ldquo;Our God shall fight
+for us.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>But while he thus spoke with the full assurance of confiding
+faith, he was not led by that faith to negligence.&nbsp; True
+faith never leads to negligence.&nbsp; It always stimulates
+exertion and rouses men to hopeful energy.&nbsp; So it did in the
+case of Nehemiah, for the same verse which contains the assurance
+contains also the spirit of active preparation.&nbsp; We will
+study the conduct of Nehemiah as furnishing an illustration of
+the union of faith and effort, examining first his effort, then
+his faith.</p>
+<h3>I.&nbsp; <span class="smcap">The Effort made</span>.</h3>
+<p>It was made under very discouraging circumstances.&nbsp; The
+city was in ruins, the walls were in heaps, and there were only a
+few restored captives to labour for their restoration.&nbsp; Now,
+in what spirit did these feeble Jews rise to their work?</p>
+<p>(1)&nbsp; They all worked together.</p>
+<p>There was just such an united and harmonious <a
+name="page51"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 51</span>action as we
+long to witness in the Church of God.&nbsp; It is an old proverb
+that &ldquo;union is strength.&rdquo;&nbsp; In this case the
+whole wall was portioned out and all classes united.&nbsp; First
+came the High Priest and his brethren, next the men of Jericho,
+soon followed by the carpenters, the goldsmiths, and the
+apothecaries.&nbsp; Then came the ruler of the half part of
+Jerusalem, followed by Shallum and his daughters; further on we
+read of Baruch, who set an example to the whole company, for he
+<i>earnestly</i> repaired the portion entrusted to his care, till
+at length the circuit was complete.</p>
+<p>(2)&nbsp; They worked with a will.</p>
+<p>There is such a thing as work without a will.&nbsp; There is
+the dull, lazy work of the idle man, and the mechanical work of
+those who take no interest in what they are about.&nbsp; Just as
+in religion, there is the languid performance of a routine as
+different as possible to the real wrestling with God in
+faith.&nbsp; There is no soul in it, and who can wonder if there
+is no result?&nbsp; In this case there was rapid result, and they
+built the wall, and the reason is given, &ldquo;for the people
+had a mind to work.&rdquo; <a name="citation51"></a><a
+href="#footnote51" class="citation">[51]</a>&nbsp; An important
+lesson this for every Christian effort.</p>
+<p>(3)&nbsp; They made real sacrifices for their work.&nbsp; It
+must have been a sore inconvenience to these men to leave their
+own occupations and to labour on the wall; but they laboured
+night and day till the wall rose from its ruins.&nbsp; Oh, that
+we had more of this spirit in the Church of God!&nbsp; Would that
+we knew better how to give to Him so as to pinch ourselves; to
+give our time, our money, our painstaking, our real self-denying
+work, in order to glorify God, and show that we live not unto
+ourselves, but unto Him that died for us and rose again.</p>
+<h3><a name="page52"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+52</span>II.&nbsp; <span class="smcap">Their Faith</span>.</h3>
+<p>This showed itself in three ways.</p>
+<p>(1)&nbsp; In prayer.</p>
+<p>Nehemiah was a man of prayer.&nbsp; When any trouble arose,
+his heart turned as if by an holy instinct to God, and so, when
+Tobiah mocked their efforts, Nehemiah gave no rough answer, but
+he turned his heart upwards and said, &ldquo;Hear, O our God, for
+we are despised.&rdquo; <a name="citation52a"></a><a
+href="#footnote52a" class="citation">[52a]</a>&nbsp; How much
+bitter strife would be avoided in the world if men acted like
+Nehemiah, and, instead of retorting, spread out their
+provocations before God.</p>
+<p>But the conduct of the opponents soon turned from mockery to
+war, and there was a plan to attack the rising walls.&nbsp; But
+the attack was met just in the same way as the insult.&nbsp; In
+both cases he gave himself to prayer.&nbsp; I cannot imagine a
+better illustration of the praying believer than the words in
+verse 9, &ldquo;Nevertheless we made our prayer unto our God, and
+set a watch against them day and night.&rdquo;&nbsp; They heard
+of the conspiracy, and at once spread the intelligence before
+God; but, having done so, they did not consider that prayer
+superseded effort, but day and night they set their watch on the
+walls.&nbsp; Had they watched without praying, they would have
+been trusting to their own forethought; and had they prayed
+without watching, they would have tempted God to leave
+them.&nbsp; But they watched and they prayed, and they prayed and
+they watched, and so they acted in the spirit of the words in
+aftertimes spoken to us, &ldquo;Watch and Pray.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation52b"></a><a href="#footnote52b"
+class="citation">[52b]</a></p>
+<p>(2)&nbsp; Their faith showed itself also in the recognition of
+what God had done for them.&nbsp; Faith not only asks God&rsquo;s
+help, but acknowledges it.&nbsp; It gives Him thanks <a
+name="page53"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 53</span>for His
+action as well as asks Him to act; so when the danger was past we
+find Nehemiah ascribing it all to the good hand of God on his
+efforts.&nbsp; He did not say, &ldquo;When we had defeated their
+plans,&rdquo; but &ldquo;When God had brought their counsel to
+nought.&rdquo; <a name="citation53"></a><a href="#footnote53"
+class="citation">[53]</a></p>
+<p>(3) Faith looks forward to the future.&nbsp; When the workmen
+were all at their posts; when the builders laboured, every one
+having his sword girded by his side; when the trumpeter stood by
+the chief, ready at any moment to sound the alarm; when the voice
+of prayer had been heard day and night all along the line of the
+rising walls; when all had been done that man could do&mdash;then
+the heart rose high above all that man had done, and in calm,
+confident trust, Nehemiah assures the people, saying, &ldquo;Our
+God shall fight for us.&rdquo;&nbsp; He had made preparation, but
+he trusted to God for victory.&nbsp; He was at the head of a
+feeble people, but he was the servant of the Most High God.&nbsp;
+He knew that the battle was not to the strong, nor the race to
+the swift; so he rested his hope on the strong hand of his God,
+and in simple faith he trusted Him to give the victory.</p>
+<h2><a name="page54"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 54</span>THE
+JOY OF THE LORD</h2>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;By whom also we have access by faith into
+this grace wherein we stand, and rejoice in hope of the glory of
+God.&nbsp; And not only so, but we glory in tribulations
+also.&rdquo;&mdash;<span class="smcap">Rom</span>. v. 2, 3.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p><span class="smcap">The</span> joy of the Lord is a subject
+that goes to the heart of many.&nbsp; Some are rejoicing in the
+Lord, while others are longing to be partakers of it; it is a
+gift after which their heart is yearning.</p>
+<p>Let us consider the real foundation of true, solid,
+well-founded joy.&nbsp; In these two verses there is a
+description of the joy and its power.&nbsp; There is the joy, for
+&ldquo;we rejoice in hope of the glory of God,&rdquo; and there
+is the power of that joy, for it rises above the troubles of
+life, and we rejoice &ldquo;even in tribulation.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+There is, therefore, such a bright hope of the coming glory, that
+we may go on our way with a thankful heart, rejoicing in the
+Lord; and there is such a manifestation of the love of Christ in
+the soul by the power of the Holy Ghost, that the distress of
+tribulation is overpowered, and even in the midst of sorrow there
+may be an abiding joyfulness in Christ Jesus the Lord.</p>
+<p>Observe the foundation of this joy, and see how it is the
+consequence of our sure standing in Christ Jesus.&nbsp; When we
+rejoice in hope of the glory of God, and rejoice even in
+tribulation, this joy is the consequence of a previous
+transaction, and the result of <a name="page55"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 55</span>our occupying a new position.&nbsp;
+We have had access, or admission, and are now standing in His
+grace.&nbsp; It is the standing in that grace that is the
+foundation of the joy of hope.&nbsp; This leads us to the
+question, &ldquo;What is the grace?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>The word &ldquo;grace&rdquo; has different meanings in
+Scripture.&nbsp; Sometimes it means the inward work of God the
+Holy Ghost in the soul, as when it says, &ldquo;Grow in
+grace.&rdquo; <a name="citation55a"></a><a href="#footnote55a"
+class="citation">[55a]</a>&nbsp; But this cannot be our
+standing-ground, for the simple reason that it is imperfect and
+variable.&nbsp; But this is not the only meaning of the word, or
+nearly so, for it is used for any great gift of love and mercy
+bestowed in God&rsquo;s free favour on His people.&nbsp; We have
+to consider what is the free gift or favour into which we have
+had access, and which is now our standing-ground.&nbsp; This
+question the context must decide; and it seems to me impossible
+to study that context, without coming to the conclusion that the
+grace here referred to is that which must ever be the real
+resting place for those who are convinced of sin, a righteousness
+imputed in the free grace of God. <a name="citation55b"></a><a
+href="#footnote55b" class="citation">[55b]</a></p>
+<p>This, then, is the grace in which we stand, the grace of
+imputation, the gracious gift of a righteousness reckoned,
+counted, or imputed to us when we do not deserve it; the
+marvellous mercy through which we are accounted righteous,
+accepted as righteous, beloved as righteous, and finally saved as
+righteous, although we are not really so in fact, and although we
+are conscious in our own hearts of matter for the most profound
+humiliation before God.&nbsp; Who can wonder that we rejoice in
+hope when we are placed in mercy on such a standing-ground as
+that?</p>
+<p>This, you observe, is a work <i>for</i> us, and not <i>in</i>
+us, and therefore never varies.&nbsp; The work <i>in</i> us is <a
+name="page56"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 56</span>perpetually
+changing.&nbsp; It is a progressive work, and its progress is
+sometimes much more rapid than at others.&nbsp; But the work
+<i>for</i> us does not go up and down with the work <i>in</i> us;
+it is unchangeable, like God Himself.&nbsp; The righteousness
+imputed is the righteousness of God, and therefore perfect and
+unchangeable.&nbsp; It changeth not for the simple reason that He
+changeth not, and therefore always, in cloud as well as sunshine,
+in dark days as well as bright, in the hour of tribulation as
+well as in the season of unmixed prosperity, in the times of
+deepest humiliation as well as in those of emotion and
+encouragement, the justified believer may rejoice in Him, and
+triumph in the God of his salvation.&nbsp; It is this that gives
+its security to hope, this that makes us sure of its never
+failing.&nbsp; If we were relying on all the varied changes of
+our own feelings, there might be joy one day and despair the
+next; but while we stand in the grace of imputed righteousness,
+our hope has a foundation that can never give way, and therefore
+we may accept the joy without a fear, and rejoice in hope of the
+glory of God.</p>
+<p>What is the great principle within the soul which constitutes
+our standing in this grace?</p>
+<p>To this question we shall find an answer in the words of St.
+Paul, &ldquo;Thou standest by faith.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation56"></a><a href="#footnote56"
+class="citation">[56]</a>&nbsp; And this is exactly what is
+taught us in this passage.&nbsp; In verse 1, we are taught that
+it is by faith that we are justified; and then, in verse 2, we
+learn that it is by faith that we have access into this grace
+wherein we stand.&nbsp; From first to last, therefore, it is a
+matter of faith.&nbsp; The whole secret of our standing, and of
+the joy that follows from it, is found in that one word
+&ldquo;trust.&rdquo;&nbsp; Trust the Lord Jesus Christ as your
+finished <a name="page57"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+57</span>Sacrifice and your living Lord, and you stand on the
+rock.&nbsp; Let your trust rest on anything else, on your
+feelings, your thoughts, your experience, your intentions, or
+your religious efforts, and you will be no better than men
+endeavouring to walk steadily on the waves of the sea.&nbsp; But
+trust Christ <i>as</i> you are, <i>where</i> you are, and that
+without putting even your own trust between you and Him, and you
+may go on your way rejoicing in Him, and need never cease to give
+thanks for a foundation so solid and a grace so free.</p>
+<h2><a name="page58"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 58</span>THE
+WORK OF THE LORD</h2>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;Be ye steadfast, immovable, always
+abounding in the work of the Lord, forasmuch as ye know that your
+labour is not in vain in the Lord.&rdquo;&mdash;1 <span
+class="smcap">Cor</span>. xv. 58.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p><span class="smcap">We</span> have lately studied &ldquo;the
+joy of the Lord,&rdquo; and now I am anxious that our thoughts
+should be turned to another subject, which is much more
+intimately connected with it than many seem to suppose, that is,
+the work of the Lord.&nbsp; The joy of the Lord imparts strength
+for service, and the service of the Lord increases joy.&nbsp;
+There is action and reaction between the two.</p>
+<h3><span class="smcap">What is meant by the Work of the
+Lord</span>?</h3>
+<p>It is <i>work</i>&mdash;work with all the self-denial that
+accompanies steady work.</p>
+<p>It is work <i>for</i> the Lord.&nbsp; When we say that a
+father works for his family, or a servant for his master, it does
+not mean that such an one simply goes about his own business, but
+it does mean that he has a particular person in view, and that he
+is working for him.&nbsp; We are such poor, frail creatures that
+there is a constant tendency to admit bye motives in our
+work.&nbsp; I know how hard it is to preserve a single eye to the
+glory of God.&nbsp; One&rsquo;s own reputation and the great
+pleasure of one&rsquo;s own success have a constant tendency to
+introduce false motives.&nbsp; What we want is to lose sight of
+self altogether, and to remember that if we <a
+name="page59"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 59</span>are doing the
+work <i>of</i> the Lord, we are doing it <i>for</i> the Lord.</p>
+<p>It is work <i>from</i> the Lord.&nbsp; It is the work to which
+the Lord has appointed each of us.&nbsp; When God called Barnabus
+and Paul, He said, &ldquo;Separate them for the work whereunto I
+have called them.&rdquo; <a name="citation59a"></a><a
+href="#footnote59a" class="citation">[59a]</a>&nbsp; Now we are
+not called to the Apostleship, but I believe there is not an
+individual amongst us who is not called by God to a certain work
+in His service.&nbsp; The Church of God is said to be
+&ldquo;compacted by that which every joint supplieth.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation59b"></a><a href="#footnote59b"
+class="citation">[59b]</a>&nbsp; There is not, therefore, a joint
+in the whole body that is not to supply something.&nbsp; All who
+are in Christ Jesus are the children of God, and all are called
+to work in His service, the strong man in the fulness of his
+strength, or the suffering invalid laid low with broken
+health.</p>
+<p>This, then, being the character of the work of the Lord, let
+us turn to the encouragement which God has given, and the root
+from which it springs.</p>
+<h3><span class="smcap">The Encouragement</span>.</h3>
+<p>There are some things in our Christian life which we think,
+some which we hope, and some which we know.&nbsp; We know some,
+for they are assured to us in God&rsquo;s word, and we are fully
+persuaded that His word is true.&nbsp; Now here is one of the
+things we know, know as a matter of certainty without the
+possibility of doubt.&nbsp; We know that our labour is not in
+vain in the Lord.&nbsp; It may often appear to us exceedingly
+feeble and defective: we may be ashamed and humbled at its
+multiplied shortcomings: we may look back upon it honeycombed, as
+it were, by mistakes: we may be conscious that we have left
+undone those things that we ought to have done, and we may be
+painfully aware that nothing has been done as it ought <a
+name="page60"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 60</span>to have been
+done for God, but still we are assured that it will not be in
+vain.&nbsp; When Samuel was but a child, &ldquo;the Lord was with
+him, and did let none of his words fall to the ground,&rdquo; <a
+name="citation60a"></a><a href="#footnote60a"
+class="citation">[60a]</a> and we may be sure that He will not
+let one word spoken in His name fall to the ground now.&nbsp; If
+the Lord is with you, no one thing that you ever do for Him will
+be in vain.&nbsp; You may not see the fruit of it, or if you do
+it may be after years of waiting, but the Lord knows all about
+it.&nbsp; He sees exactly what you are doing, or saying, or
+giving, or praying, and the book of remembrance is written before
+Him.&nbsp; You yourself may be one of God&rsquo;s hidden ones,
+and in the day when He makes up His jewels, <a
+name="citation60b"></a><a href="#footnote60b"
+class="citation">[60b]</a> you may meet then with others, hidden
+like yourself, to whom your labour, however feeble, has been
+blessed in His mercy.&nbsp; Cleave, then, to the work of the Lord
+without wavering.&nbsp; Let no discouragements dishearten you,
+hold steadily on your way, faint yet pursuing, being perfectly
+assured that what God has promised He is able also to perform,
+and that even your poor service will not be in vain in the
+Lord.</p>
+<h3><span class="smcap">The Root from which all Such Work must
+spring</span>.</h3>
+<p>It is not all kinds of labour to which the promise is
+attached, for there is a great deal of labour that is altogether
+in vain.&nbsp; &ldquo;Except the Lord build the house, they
+labour in vain that build it.&rdquo; <a name="citation60c"></a><a
+href="#footnote60c" class="citation">[60c]</a>&nbsp; And the
+distinction is very clearly taught us here, for the work here
+spoken of is a labour &ldquo;in the Lord.&rdquo;&nbsp; It teaches
+how work is the consequence of union; that we do not do the work
+of the Lord in order that by doing it we may attain to union, but
+that the union comes first and the work of the Lord follows as
+its result.&nbsp; There <a name="page61"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 61</span>will be no fruit on the branch if
+there is not first a union with the vine.&nbsp; There is no hope,
+therefore, of any man winning to himself a union with Christ by
+any amount of painstaking in work.&nbsp; If your heart is
+yearning for that union, you must accept it as a free gift
+because Christ Jesus, the Son of God, has redeemed you by His own
+most precious blood, and you must do so just as you are, without
+waiting for even one more effort in His service.&nbsp; You must
+be &ldquo;in the Lord&rdquo; before you can &ldquo;labour in the
+Lord,&rdquo; and that union must be the free gift of His
+unmerited grace.&nbsp; You must be created in Him unto good works
+before you will do anything for His glory. <a
+name="citation61"></a><a href="#footnote61"
+class="citation">[61]</a></p>
+<h2><a name="page62"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+62</span>CHRISTIAN EXPERIENCE IN THE CONFIRMATION OF FAITH</h2>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;Because Thou hast been my help, therefore
+in the shadow of Thy wings will I rejoice.&rdquo;&mdash;<span
+class="smcap">Psa</span>. lxiii. 7.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>I <span class="smcap">wish</span> to speak on the important
+use of Christian experience in the confirmation of faith.&nbsp; I
+say in the confirmation of faith, for there is the widest
+possible difference between confirmation and commencement.&nbsp;
+Experience may confirm the faith when it already exists, but the
+faith must obviously be there before there can be any experience
+of its result.</p>
+<p>At the outset of our Christian course we have nothing to do
+but throw ourselves absolutely in naked trust on the sure
+promises of the covenant of God, and rest exclusively on what He
+has done and promised.&nbsp; We have nothing then to do with our
+own history, our own feelings, or our own progress, it is Christ
+and Christ alone on whom the soul must rest for life.&nbsp; And
+so, if we look to the real foundation of faith, it must be to the
+last day of our pilgrimage.&nbsp; It is a fatal-moment for us if
+we are led to look away for a single moment from Him.&nbsp; But
+at the same time we must remember that we are not always at the
+beginning of our Christian life.&nbsp; One who has trusted the
+Lord Jesus Christ and walked with Him for many years is not in
+the same position as one who is to-day seeking Him for the first
+time.&nbsp; He has had the experience of <a
+name="page63"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 63</span>the
+loving-kindness of the Lord.&nbsp; He has never found Him to fail
+in any of the anxieties of his life, and if he could trust many
+years ago when he had nothing but the bare promise, how much more
+may he trust the Saviour now when the truth of His word has been
+tried and tested in all the varied experiences of life?</p>
+<p>The Lord Jesus Christ is described as &ldquo;a sure
+foundation;&rdquo; <a name="citation63a"></a><a
+href="#footnote63a" class="citation">[63a]</a> sure, because He
+is the foundation laid by God; sure, because of His own eternal
+Godhead; sure, therefore, as an object of simple trust before a
+person has had any experience of His grace.&nbsp; To the
+trembling sinner who has hitherto been a total stranger to Him,
+and has never known anything of His love, even to him He is a
+sure foundation, and though knowing Him only through the word,
+that trembling sinner may come to Him and trust.&nbsp; But
+according to that same verse He is also a tried foundation.&nbsp;
+He has been tried by the whole church of God for eighteen
+centuries and has never once been found to fail any one that has
+come to Him in faith.&nbsp; He has been tried by us who have
+known Him for the greater part of our lives, and we are not to
+ignore all He has done for us, but say, as St. John did, not
+merely that we have believed, but that &ldquo;we have known and
+believed the love that God hath towards us.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation63b"></a><a href="#footnote63b"
+class="citation">[63b]</a></p>
+<p>Now this is the principle of the text.&nbsp; The Psalm was
+written when David was in great trouble, having taken flight from
+Saul in the wilderness of Judah.&nbsp; He was there hidden in
+such caves as Adullam, and cut off from the sanctuary of
+God.&nbsp; But it is a very cheerful and thankful Psalm.&nbsp; He
+was not downhearted because of his troubles, but he had such an
+assurance of the loving-kindness of the Lord that his heart was
+full of praise.&nbsp; He could praise Him, and <a
+name="page64"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 64</span>that with
+joyful lips, even in the wilderness.&nbsp; The reason was that he
+could trust Him, and though he was only a young man his trust had
+been confirmed by experience.&nbsp; He had been in difficulty
+almost the whole time since his call, but he had found a strong
+arm with him all the way, and therefore he said, &ldquo;Because
+thou has been my help, therefore in the shadow of Thy wings will
+I rejoice.&rdquo;&nbsp; In this verse there are two things to be
+observed&mdash;</p>
+<h3>I.&nbsp; <span class="smcap">The Thankful Recognition of Help
+already given</span>.</h3>
+<p>The Lord had helped him through many difficulties and he
+thankfully recognized the help.&nbsp; We do not know to what
+particular act of help he referred.&nbsp; It may have been to his
+victory over Goliath, or to the escape from the javelin of
+Saul.&nbsp; Or it may be to the daily, hourly help given to his
+own soul in all the difficulties of his situation; to that help
+which finds no place in history, but which is the unceasing
+source of life and strength to the child of God.&nbsp; But
+whatever was the peculiar character of the help, it is perfectly
+clear that it was accepted and recognized.&nbsp; He asked for
+help, he found it, he acknowledged it, and he was thankful for
+it.</p>
+<p>Let us learn the lesson that we should not be always praying
+for help, and fearing to acknowledge it when given.&nbsp; It is
+our privilege to ask for the gift, but it is also both our
+privilege and duty to acknowledge it.</p>
+<h3>II.&nbsp; <span class="smcap">The Joyful Assurance for the
+Future</span>.</h3>
+<p>He knew that he believed in a God that changeth not, just as
+we believe that the Lord Jesus Christ is &ldquo;the same
+yesterday, to-day, and for ever,&rdquo; <a
+name="citation64"></a><a href="#footnote64"
+class="citation">[64]</a> and the result was the assurance that
+He who had helped him <a name="page65"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 65</span>thus far would help him to the
+end.&nbsp; He knew that his God would not change, and therefore
+he was happy and confident though he was in &ldquo;a dry and
+thirsty land.&rdquo; <a name="citation65a"></a><a
+href="#footnote65a" class="citation">[65a]</a>&nbsp; His joy did
+not depend on circumstances, but on God, and being confident in
+His unchanging grace he could be happy anywhere.&nbsp; He used to
+delight in the Sanctuary, and we read in verse 2 how he had there
+seen in his own soul God&rsquo;s power and glory.&nbsp; But the
+same Lord who had helped him in the Sanctuary would help him also
+in the cave, and therefore he was not an unhappy man even in the
+wilderness, but he said, &ldquo;Because Thy loving-kindness is
+better than life, my lips shall praise Thee.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>And this was no new principle in his mind, for we find him
+acting on it when he was quite a youth.&nbsp; It was the
+principle that carried him into the conflict with Goliath, for
+when Saul dissuaded him from the attempt, he said, &ldquo;The
+Lord that delivered me out of the paw of the lion, and out of the
+paw of the bear, He will deliver me out of the hand of this
+Philistine.&rdquo; <a name="citation65b"></a><a
+href="#footnote65b" class="citation">[65b]</a>&nbsp; Thus the
+recognition of past help ought to lead to confident trust.&nbsp;
+If we have found help actually given, if we have reason to
+believe that God is helping now, we may boldly look forward into
+the future, and be perfectly confident that He will help to the
+end.</p>
+<h2><a name="page66"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 66</span>THE
+COMING OF THE LORD</h2>
+<p style="text-align: center"><span class="smcap">The Practical
+Effect of this Blessed Hope on the Life and Character</span></p>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;Be ye also patient; stablish your hearts:
+for the coming of the Lord draweth nigh.&rdquo;&mdash;<span
+class="smcap">St. James</span> v. 8.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p><span class="smcap">The</span> hope of the near approach of
+the Lord&rsquo;s coming should lead us to sit light to the world
+and the things of it.&nbsp; There is no greater temptation
+besetting our path than that of becoming entangled in the things
+of the world.&nbsp; We are for ever spinning cobwebs for our own
+bondage, and being then caught in our own web.&nbsp; Hence the
+importance of the weaning power of the blessed hope of the near
+coming of our Lord and Saviour.&nbsp; This applies in sorrow.</p>
+<p>There were sorrows in the days of St. Paul, just as there are
+now, and he never taught us not to weep.&nbsp; What he did teach
+was that we &ldquo;should not sorrow as those that have no
+hope.&rdquo;&nbsp; The character of the sorrow may be
+changed.&nbsp; And what was the power that should thus change the
+character of grief?&nbsp; The next verse supplies the
+answer.&nbsp; &ldquo;For if we believe that Jesus died and rose
+again, even so them also which sleep in Jesus will God bring with
+Him.&rdquo; <a name="citation66"></a><a href="#footnote66"
+class="citation">[66]</a>&nbsp; We may look forward, therefore,
+to His speedy return, when <a name="page67"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 67</span>the graves of those who are in Christ
+shall open, and when all sorrow will be lost for eternity in the
+blessed privilege of being &ldquo;ever with the lord.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation67a"></a><a href="#footnote67a"
+class="citation">[67a]</a>&nbsp; Is not such a hope enough to
+change the character of grief?</p>
+<p>This blessed hope changes also the character of our joy.</p>
+<p>Just as it gives a tone to sorrow, so also it does to
+joy.&nbsp; It makes it sober and solid.&nbsp; It gives it a
+quiet, peaceful, abiding character.&nbsp; Turn to the words of
+St. Paul.&nbsp; &ldquo;Rejoice in the Lord always, and again I
+say, Rejoice.&rdquo; <a name="citation67b"></a><a
+href="#footnote67b" class="citation">[67b]</a>&nbsp; And observe
+the verse that follows: &ldquo;Let your moderation be known unto
+all men.&nbsp; The Lord is at hand.&rdquo;&nbsp; Let your joy be
+the sober joy of men who believe that the coming of the Lord is
+at hand; the calm, well-assured, abiding joy of those who, being
+in the Lord, are persuaded that they will be with the Lord for
+ever.</p>
+<p>And the same effect will follow with reference to all our
+possessions.</p>
+<p>Let no one suppose we are not to prize those precious gifts
+which God has given us.&nbsp; Ought we to think lightly of money,
+time, influence, power?&nbsp; By no means; but if we believe that
+the coming of the Lord is near we must sit light to it all, for
+it will all soon give place to the glories of His kingdom.&nbsp;
+Remember St. Paul&rsquo;s thrilling words: &ldquo;The time is
+short,&rdquo; <a name="citation67c"></a><a href="#footnote67c"
+class="citation">[67c]</a> and the exhortation that follows to
+&ldquo;use this world, as not abusing it.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>If we believe that the Lord&rsquo;s coming is near we must
+wake up and trim our lamps.</p>
+<p>We must never forget that real, true believers may grow cold,
+and dull, and sleepy.&nbsp; Thus even the wise virgins were
+asleep when the Bridegroom came.&nbsp; But <a
+name="page68"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 68</span>they were
+thoroughly prepared, so they were up in a moment when they heard
+the cry, and, having trimmed their lamps, were ready.&nbsp; Now,
+the thought of His appearing should have this effect on
+ourselves.&nbsp; Who is there amongst us that does not want to be
+quickened; to be aroused to fresh energy for God; to have the
+soul filled with a holy fervour, and the whole heart glowing with
+the love of Christ?&nbsp; Who is there that should not desire to
+respond with every faculty he possesses to the stirring appeal of
+St. Paul: &ldquo;And that, knowing the time, that now it is high
+time to awake out of sleep: for now is our salvation nearer than
+when we believed.&nbsp; The night is far spent, the day is at
+hand.&rdquo; <a name="citation68a"></a><a href="#footnote68a"
+class="citation">[68a]</a>&nbsp; Shall we sleep on as if the old
+world were going on for ever?&nbsp; Do we really believe that
+&ldquo;the Bridegroom cometh,&rdquo; <a name="citation68b"></a><a
+href="#footnote68b" class="citation">[68b]</a> and shall we not
+trim our lamps without one moment&rsquo;s delay in order that
+when He comes He may find them burning brightly to His glory?</p>
+<p>If we are looking for the speedy coming of the Lord, it should
+lead to a calm, happy, peaceful hope in the midst of the turmoils
+of the latter days.</p>
+<p>There is nothing to lead us to expect a calm termination to
+the present state of things.&nbsp; Our Lord when He comes will
+come riding, as it were, on the whirlwind and the storm.&nbsp; It
+is a very common thing to find a bar with heavy breakers on it at
+the mouth of the finest harbours, and so we must be prepared for
+a stormy sea as we enter the haven of rest.&nbsp; Our Lord taught
+this very clearly when He said, &ldquo;There shall be signs in
+the sun, and in the moon, and in the stars; and upon the earth
+distress of nations, with perplexity; the sea and the waves
+roaring.&rdquo; <a name="citation68c"></a><a href="#footnote68c"
+class="citation">[68c]</a>&nbsp; And now observe <a
+name="page69"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 69</span>the effect of
+these events on different characters.&nbsp; Through the world at
+large they produce what may be called a
+panic&mdash;&ldquo;Men&rsquo;s hearts failing them for
+fear.&rdquo; <a name="citation69a"></a><a href="#footnote69a"
+class="citation">[69a]</a>&nbsp; But how is it to be with the
+people of God?&nbsp; Are their hearts to fail them for
+fear?&nbsp; No, for we read, &ldquo;When these things begin to
+come to pass, then look up, and lift up your heads.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation69b"></a><a href="#footnote69b"
+class="citation">[69b]</a>&nbsp; They are not to be bowed down,
+but to hold their head erect, and with a confident spirit to look
+up full of hope.&nbsp; And why?&nbsp; What is it that is to make
+so vast a difference between the two characters?&nbsp; How can we
+explain the contrast?&nbsp; It is all explained in the latter
+part of that verse&mdash;&ldquo;For your redemption draweth
+nigh.&rdquo;&nbsp; It is perfectly clear that by redemption is
+here meant the final deliverance, for in the previous verse <a
+name="citation69c"></a><a href="#footnote69c"
+class="citation">[69c]</a> we read of the final coming of the
+Deliverer.&nbsp; That calm peace, therefore, is the blessed
+result of a blessed hope.&nbsp; God&rsquo;s people will know that
+the Deliverer is at hand, and therefore will not be afraid.&nbsp;
+They will believe God&rsquo;s Holy Word, and therefore what
+alarms others will cheer them.&nbsp; The same storm which sinks
+the great ironclads outside will bring their little bark into
+harbour.&nbsp; They will know what it all means, and, with
+God&rsquo;s Word in their hand, they will know who is reigning,
+and will see in all that is frightening others the predicted
+signs of His near approach.</p>
+<h3><span class="smcap">One Word in Conclusion</span>.</h3>
+<p>The word &ldquo;redemption&rdquo; has a double sense in common
+use.&nbsp; It is sometimes used for atonement or propitiation
+simply, and sometimes for the great deliverance which is the
+consequence of the great propitiation.&nbsp; It is clear that in
+this passage it is used for deliverance.&nbsp; But another thing
+is equally clear, <a name="page70"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+70</span>namely, this&mdash;that we shall never be able to rest
+in the hope of the deliverance unless we are first taught to rest
+for forgiveness on the completed propitiation.&nbsp; Redemption
+by power is the consequence of redemption by blood.&nbsp; It is
+the redemption by power of which the Lord said &ldquo;He draweth
+nigh;&rdquo; but we shall never be able to lift up our heads, and
+look up in joy to the prospect, unless we first know in our own
+souls the unspeakable blessing of that redemption by blood which
+has long since been completed for ever.&nbsp; It is only when we
+know Jesus Christ and Him crucified that we can look up in calm,
+peaceful confidence to Jesus Christ and Him glorified.</p>
+<h2><a name="page71"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+71</span>&ldquo;WITH&rdquo; AND &ldquo;BY&rdquo;</h2>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;And when they were come, and had gathered
+the Church together, they rehearsed all that God had done with
+them, and how He had opened the door of faith onto the
+Gentiles.&rdquo;&mdash;<span class="smcap">Acts</span> xiv.
+27.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p><span class="smcap">There</span> are few institutions of
+greater antiquity than the missionary meeting.&nbsp; It is truly
+apostolic in its origin.&nbsp; The first such meeting of which we
+read was held at Antioch after the return of St. Paul from his
+first missionary journey.&nbsp; It was from Antioch he set off,
+having been commended by the brethren to the grace of God; and it
+was at Antioch, after his return, that he gathered together the
+Church and rehearsed to them all that God had done with them in
+his journey.&nbsp; This is the great subject of his address, and
+will suggest three subjects of inquiry for ourselves.</p>
+<h3>I.&nbsp; <span class="smcap">What had been done</span>?</h3>
+<p>In the first place, the door of faith had been opened to the
+Gentiles.&nbsp; Surely by &ldquo;the door of faith&rdquo; we must
+understand that &ldquo;new and living way&rdquo; of which we read
+in Hebrews. <a name="citation71"></a><a href="#footnote71"
+class="citation">[71]</a>&nbsp; And what is that way?&nbsp; Is
+not this explained by the previous verse, &ldquo;Having,
+therefore, boldness to enter into the holiest by the blood of
+Jesus.&rdquo;&nbsp; It is the free access to the throne of Grace
+through the finished, final propitiation, there described as
+&ldquo;the blood of Jesus.&rdquo;&nbsp; When He <a
+name="page72"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 72</span>died, the
+veil of the temple was rent in twain from the top to the bottom,
+and the mercy-seat was laid open to the sinner drawing near in
+faith, and the invitation was proclaimed to all.&nbsp; The throne
+of righteousness became the throne of mercy, and the throne of
+judgment became approachable even to the sinner, for it was
+transformed into a throne of grace.</p>
+<p>This is the door of faith that had been opened to the
+Gentiles, and it is very difficult for us to realize all that was
+involved in such a fact.&nbsp; There was a middle wall of
+partition between Jew and Gentile which kept them as wide asunder
+as if there had been no common Saviour.&nbsp; But now St. Paul
+reported that the middle wall had been broken down. <a
+name="citation72a"></a><a href="#footnote72a"
+class="citation">[72a]</a>&nbsp; Every stone of it had been swept
+away, and, according to the covenant of God, all were invited as
+one flock around one Shepherd.</p>
+<p>But this was not all that had been done.&nbsp; The great work
+of that missionary journey was the turning of the hearts of both
+Jews and Gentiles to enter in by that open door.&nbsp; It is one
+thing to set a door open before a person, but often a much more
+difficult thing to induce him to enter in.&nbsp; Now the great
+result of this journey was that many precious souls were brought
+in through the open door, and in Christ Jesus were saved.&nbsp;
+This was the work of which St. Paul gave an account on his return
+to Antioch.&nbsp; If he mentioned individuals he doubtless told
+them of Sergius Paulus, the Roman pro-consul at Paphos, that
+&ldquo;prudent man,&rdquo; <a name="citation72b"></a><a
+href="#footnote72b" class="citation">[72b]</a> one of the first
+converts given to the Apostle.&nbsp; Then, again, he doubtless
+told them of the great multitude both of the Jews and also of the
+Greeks in Iconium who believed. <a name="citation72c"></a><a
+href="#footnote72c" class="citation">[72c]</a>&nbsp; And if he
+were asked as to the reality of the work in their souls, he
+doubtless told <a name="page73"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+73</span>them of the beautiful character of the Christians in the
+other Antioch, Antioch of Pisidia, of whom it is said, &ldquo;the
+disciples were filled with joy, and with the Holy Ghost.&rdquo;
+<a name="citation73"></a><a href="#footnote73"
+class="citation">[73]</a></p>
+<p>They had, indeed, entered in by the open door.&nbsp; They had
+tasted the joy of the living way, they had been brought under the
+shadow of the mercy-seat.&nbsp; They had sat down under His
+shadow with great delight, and had found the fruit sweet to their
+taste.&nbsp; So marvellous had been the change that the very men
+who before this memorable journey had been living, some in Jewish
+hostility, and some in heathen abomination, were now happy, holy,
+thankful believers, and were actually filled with the Holy
+Ghost.&nbsp; We see, then, what had been done.&nbsp; The next
+question is&mdash;</p>
+<h3>II.&nbsp; <span class="smcap">Who was the Doer</span>?</h3>
+<p>St. Paul and St. Barnabas were the principal agents, and of
+these St. Paul was the chief speaker, but it was not he who
+changed the hearts or filled the disciples with joy and with the
+Holy Ghost.&nbsp; So he did not tell what <i>he</i> had done, but
+what God had done.&nbsp; The drawing of the sinner, whether Jew
+or Gentile, into the new or living way was a Divine act.&nbsp; To
+open the heart required a Divine power as much as to open the
+door.&nbsp; It is important for us clearly to bear in mind this
+principle, that the power to enter in is of itself the gift of
+God&mdash;that we must trust Him not only to save us when we have
+entered in, but to enable us to enter in; not only to show mercy
+on us when we have come near to Him, but to draw us near by His
+own Spirit.</p>
+<h3>III.&nbsp; <span class="smcap">In what Way did the Lord make
+use of Human Agency</span>?</h3>
+<p>There are two expressions employed which throw great light on
+the subject.&nbsp; In this verse we read of <a
+name="page74"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 74</span>the things
+which God had done <i>with</i> them, and the same expression
+occurs in Acts xv. 4.&nbsp; But if we pass on to Acts xv., we
+find it stated that &ldquo;God had wrought upon the Gentiles
+<i>by</i> them.&rdquo; <a name="citation74a"></a><a
+href="#footnote74a" class="citation">[74a]</a>&nbsp; The one
+expression implies companionship, the other
+instrumentality.&nbsp; Consider them separately.</p>
+<p>(1)&nbsp; &ldquo;With.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>The idea is that throughout the journey our Lord was literally
+fulfilling His promise.&nbsp; &ldquo;I am with you alway.&rdquo;
+<a name="citation74b"></a><a href="#footnote74b"
+class="citation">[74b]</a>&nbsp; They went out to preach in His
+name and He went with them, as their constant, never-failing,
+though invisible, companion and friend.&nbsp; Thus, while they
+were acting, He was acting also.&nbsp; The two were acting
+together, and so fulfilling the one purpose of God.&nbsp; The
+action of the Lord was giving effect to the action of the
+preacher, though in some cases it was quite independent of
+it.&nbsp; Take the case of Lydia as an illustration. <a
+name="citation74c"></a><a href="#footnote74c"
+class="citation">[74c]</a>&nbsp; St. Paul preached to that little
+company assembled at the place of prayer by the riverside at
+Phillipi.&nbsp; There was the action of the preacher.&nbsp; But
+now look at the action of the Lord working with him.&nbsp; By His
+fore-seeing providence He had brought Lydia from her home at
+Thyatira, and by His guiding Spirit had brought St. Paul from his
+work in Asia Minor.&nbsp; It was He that brought them both to the
+same spot on that Sabbath morning.&nbsp; Then, again, while St.
+Paul was preaching the Lord was acting, for He was acting with
+His servant, first by the preparatory leading of His providence,
+and afterwards by the heart-opening movement of the Holy
+Ghost</p>
+<p>(2)&nbsp; And this leads me to the other expression,
+&ldquo;<i>by</i>.&rdquo;&nbsp; This expresses something different
+to companionship, for it teaches that in thus drawing sinners to
+Himself <a name="page75"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 75</span>He
+makes use of men as instruments.&nbsp; In the case of Lydia the
+Lord opened her heart, but the things which were spoken by St.
+Paul were the instrument which God employed to lead her to the
+faith.&nbsp; It was not without instrumentality, but by it, that
+God acted.&nbsp; It is important to bear this in mind&mdash;that
+human instrumentality is not in antagonism to faith.&nbsp; We
+must remember the &ldquo;by&rdquo; as well as the
+&ldquo;with,&rdquo; and that when God has given means, we do not
+honour Him by neglecting or ignoring them.&nbsp; St. Paul was
+most anxious to urge on the Corinthians that it was God alone who
+gave the increase, but while he did so he was not deterred from
+adding that he had planted and Apollos watered. <a
+name="citation75"></a><a href="#footnote75"
+class="citation">[75]</a>&nbsp; We know that God is a Sovereign,
+and that He, if He pleased, could gather in the whole company of
+His elect without the use of any one man to work for Him; but we
+know also that &ldquo;by us&rdquo; the preaching is to be fully
+known, and we are fully persuaded that if we are to look for a
+harvest we must both plant and water.</p>
+<h2><a name="page76"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 76</span>THE
+STIRRING OF THE SPIRIT</h2>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;And the Lord stirred up the spirit of
+Zerubbabel the son of Shealtiel, governor of Judah, and the
+spirit of Joshua the son of Josedech, the high priest, and the
+spirit of all the remnant of the people; and they came and did
+work in the house of the Lord of Hosts, their
+God.&rdquo;&mdash;<span class="smcap">Hag</span>. i. 14.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p><span class="smcap">Let us</span> consider this stirring of
+the will, and then the great need of it even amongst the faithful
+people of God.</p>
+<p>I.&nbsp; We read a great deal in Scripture of a movement in
+the will, as we know in practical life, how we ourselves are
+moved, or aroused on many occasions.&nbsp; We know what it is to
+be like Peter, who was asleep in the prison till the Angel of the
+Lord &ldquo;smote him on the side, and raised him up, saying,
+Arise up quickly.&rdquo; <a name="citation76a"></a><a
+href="#footnote76a" class="citation">[76a]</a>&nbsp; We are often
+aroused to make an <i>effort</i> which we never thought of
+before, and our whole soul is on fire to be working with a holy
+enthusiasm for God.</p>
+<p>Now this stirring of the spirit is the act of God
+Himself.&nbsp; I am quite aware that there are passages in which
+man is described as stirring himself, as for example,
+&ldquo;There is none that calleth upon Thy name, that stirreth up
+himself to take hold of Thee.&rdquo; <a name="citation76b"></a><a
+href="#footnote76b" class="citation">[76b]</a>&nbsp; But such an
+expression is the description of the outward effect, and not of
+the inward movement of the soul, as is proved by that very text,
+which gives us the reason <a name="page77"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 77</span>for the absence of any such stirring,
+&ldquo;Thou hast hid Thy face from us.&rdquo;&nbsp; It was
+because He had hidden His face that no one was stirred to lay
+hold on His grace.&nbsp; Thus St. Paul teaches us that it is God
+Himself who worketh on the will.&nbsp; He urges the little flock
+at Philippi to be more diligent in his absence than they were in
+his presence, <a name="citation77a"></a><a href="#footnote77a"
+class="citation">[77a]</a> and in the next verse he gives us the
+reason that &ldquo;It is God who worketh in you both to will and
+to do of His good pleasure.&rdquo;&nbsp; So in this passage, when
+Zerubbabel was aroused to a new action it was the Lord who
+stirred his spirit, and who produced such a strong, deep feeling
+in his soul that he could not rest without making a fresh effort
+for the Lord.&nbsp; This stirring was the blessed result of the
+Holy Spirit&rsquo;s action.&nbsp; Oh, that we had more of it
+amongst ourselves!</p>
+<p>But while it is the work of the Holy Spirit, we shall find
+that, as a general rule, He makes use of means.&nbsp; Of course,
+if He pleases, He may Himself speak to the soul in the way of
+direct personal communication, and so arouse the heart and
+conscience without the aid of any human instrumentality.&nbsp;
+But in most cases He makes use of means.</p>
+<p>Sometimes men are stirred by the sight of evil, as St. Paul
+was stirred in spirit by the sight of the idolatry at Athens. <a
+name="citation77b"></a><a href="#footnote77b"
+class="citation">[77b]</a>&nbsp; And it does seem strange that
+God&rsquo;s faithful people can sit so still as they do, and look
+on so quietly on the sin that abounds around them.&nbsp; How is
+it that the whole soul does not burn within us with a longing
+desire to be at work for God?</p>
+<p>Sometimes it is through the power of the ministry.&nbsp; It
+was so with Zerubbabel, of whom it is said that the Lord stirred
+his spirit.&nbsp; The means employed in his case was the
+preaching of the two prophets Haggai <a name="page78"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 78</span>and Zechariah.&nbsp; Sometimes God
+raises up great preachers whose office it seems to be to awaken
+nations.&nbsp; Such were Whitfield and the Wesleys.&nbsp; Such
+was Luther at the time of the Reformation, and such were Haggai
+and Zechariah after the return of the captives from
+Babylon.&nbsp; It was through them that the fire was lighted in
+the soul of Zerubbabel.&nbsp; Their burning words stirred his
+spirit, and he threw himself with a holy zeal into the service of
+the Lord.</p>
+<p>Sometimes it is by the example and influence of others, as
+&ldquo;iron sharpeneth iron.&rdquo; <a name="citation78a"></a><a
+href="#footnote78a" class="citation">[78a]</a>&nbsp; There is
+nothing more infectious than character.&nbsp; There is a certain
+atmosphere surrounding each of us, and it has its influence on
+all who come near us.&nbsp; The idle man makes others idle, the
+corrupt man makes others corrupt; so the holy man wins others to
+holiness, and the man of Christian enthusiasm will warm up those
+who come in contact with him.</p>
+<p>Sometimes He does it by stirring our nest.&nbsp; This is what
+He did for Israel in Egypt.&nbsp; They had begun to settle down
+content with their captivity.&nbsp; They had their flesh-pots,
+their melons, and their cucumbers, and they did not care to be
+unsettled; so God stirred them up by oppression.&nbsp; This is
+the process described in Moses&rsquo; song, &ldquo;As an eagle
+stirreth up her nest.&rdquo; <a name="citation78b"></a><a
+href="#footnote78b" class="citation">[78b]</a>&nbsp; The young
+eagles, being comfortable in their nest, have no desire to launch
+forth into the untried experiment of flight.&nbsp; So the parent
+bird stirs up the nest, and by means of that stirring compels
+them to a move.&nbsp; Is it not often just the same with
+us?&nbsp; We are so fond of our nests, so apt to settle down
+quietly, forgetful of that which is to come.&nbsp; So God in
+mercy stirs the nest.&nbsp; The heart is saddened, but the very
+stirring may be God&rsquo;s appointed instrument for waking <a
+name="page79"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 79</span>up a new
+hope, a new longing for the second advent, and a dependence never
+known before on His own grace, and love, and perfect
+sufficiency.</p>
+<p>By whatever means the Lord does it, we must never forget that
+it is His own divine act of mercy and grace.&nbsp; No sight of
+evil, no preaching, no example, no chastening can produce the
+result.&nbsp; It is God the Holy Ghost that stirs the spirit.</p>
+<p>II.&nbsp; Consider the need of this stirring amongst the
+faithful people of God.</p>
+<p>It might be supposed that the true and faithful people of God
+would not require it, and that they would be irresistibly drawn
+on by the constraining power of the love of Christ.&nbsp; But
+this is not the teaching of Scripture, and I am sure it is not
+the conclusion from experience.&nbsp; We must never forget that
+the wise virgins went to sleep.&nbsp; Nor must we even lose sight
+of those thrilling words addressed by St. Paul to those in Rome
+whom he describes as &ldquo;beloved of God, and called to be
+saints,&rdquo; <a name="citation79a"></a><a href="#footnote79a"
+class="citation">[79a]</a> when in the prospect of the second
+Advent he said to them, &ldquo;Now it is high time to awake out
+of sleep.&rdquo; <a name="citation79b"></a><a href="#footnote79b"
+class="citation">[79b]</a>&nbsp; Had they not, you may say, been
+already aroused from sleep?&nbsp; Had they not been awakened from
+the sleep of death, and brought into a new life in Christ
+Jesus?&nbsp; How, then, should it be high time for them to awake
+out of sleep?&nbsp; Were they not already the &ldquo;beloved of
+God&rdquo;?</p>
+<p>Now, this brings us exactly to the point; to the great need of
+Divine stirring, even for those who have already been awakened
+into a new life in Christ Jesus.&nbsp; Turn to the Song of
+Solomon, and you will find the whole thing explained.&nbsp; In
+ch. v. the Bridegroom is described as returning home at night,
+and, knocking at the door of his home, calls to the Bride <a
+name="page80"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 80</span>within, and
+says, &ldquo;Open to me.&rdquo; <a name="citation80"></a><a
+href="#footnote80" class="citation">[80]</a>&nbsp; Now what is
+her state of mind when she hears His knock and listens to His
+voice? &ldquo;I sleep, but my heart waketh.&rdquo;&nbsp; Have we
+not there the exact description of very common Christian
+life?&nbsp; How many are there still sleeping, though they hear
+the knock and their heart waketh?&nbsp; They are neither fully
+asleep nor fully awake.&nbsp; They are awake enough to hear the
+voice, but too sleepy to act on it.&nbsp; But we cannot be
+satisfied with this half and half condition.&nbsp; The Bride in
+the Song of Solomon was so long in arousing herself, that when at
+length she did so, it was too late.&nbsp; In ver. 6 she tells her
+sad, sad story.&nbsp; &ldquo;I opened to my Beloved, but my
+Beloved had withdrawn Himself and was gone.&rdquo;&nbsp; Should
+not such a description arouse us all?&nbsp; Most truly may it be
+said that He is standing at our own doors both knocking and
+calling.&nbsp; Sin is raging, error is spreading, misery is
+abounding, hell is filling; but, thanks be to God, Christ Jesus
+is saving, and shall His own chosen people be sleeping quietly,
+seeking their own ease, and sitting down content if only they can
+entertain a well-grounded hope that the heavy burden of their own
+sin has been blotted out through His most precious blood.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;Stir up, we beseech Thee, O Lord, the wills of Thy
+faithful people.&rdquo;</p>
+<h2><a name="page81"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 81</span>A
+WILLING SERVICE</h2>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;Who then is willing to consecrate his
+service this day unto the Lord?&rdquo;&mdash;1 <span
+class="smcap">Chron</span>. xxix. 5.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p><span class="smcap">The</span> occasion was a very solemn
+one.&nbsp; It was the last act of David&rsquo;s reign.&nbsp; He
+had long desired to build a temple for the glory of God, but he
+was not allowed to carry out his wish.&nbsp; So he collected the
+necessary materials, and at length, when he had decided to
+abdicate in favour of Solomon, he called an assembly and declared
+Solomon, who was still young and tender, to be his successor,
+then handed over to him the plans which he had prepared for the
+Temple, and concluded with a solemn charge. <a
+name="citation81"></a><a href="#footnote81"
+class="citation">[81]</a></p>
+<p>Having thus ended what may be termed the official business of
+his life, the aged king proceeded to address the
+congregation.&nbsp; Let us study four things in that address; his
+question, his thanksgiving, his prayer, and his final appeal.</p>
+<h3>HIS QUESTION</h3>
+<p>He told them how he was passing away, and how the work was
+great, so he asked them a question which may be well put to every
+congregation in every age, &ldquo;Who then is willing to
+consecrate his service this day unto the Lord?&rdquo;</p>
+<p><a name="page82"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 82</span>Now, we
+hear a great deal in these days of consecration.&nbsp; The idea
+of consecration is not a new thing in the Church of God, and I am
+sure that we want more of the true spirit of it in our own
+hearts.&nbsp; There is such a thing as consecration of heart, and
+consecration of service.&nbsp; The consecration of heart is the
+surrender of the whole man with the affections, the powers, and
+the strong will to the Lord.&nbsp; The consecration of service is
+the dedication of all our active powers to his work.&nbsp; When
+David said, &ldquo;I am thine,&rdquo; <a
+name="citation82a"></a><a href="#footnote82a"
+class="citation">[82a]</a> it was the consecration of heart, and
+when Isaiah said, &ldquo;Here am I, send me,&rdquo; <a
+name="citation82b"></a><a href="#footnote82b"
+class="citation">[82b]</a> it was the consecration of
+service.&nbsp; Now, it was the consecration of service for which
+David appealed, and it is this practical consecration of service
+on which we are dependent for the work in a parish.&nbsp; Who is
+willing to consecrate his service?&nbsp; I cannot see into the
+secrets of the hearts, but I know who ought to be
+willing&mdash;all those who believe in the words of our Blessed
+Saviour, &ldquo;For their sakes I consecrate Myself.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation82c"></a><a href="#footnote82c"
+class="citation">[82c]</a>&nbsp; Did He, the spotless Son of God,
+consecrate Himself to be the atoning sacrifice for us?&nbsp; And
+if we believe that, can we doubt for one moment who it is that
+should be willing to consecrate his service to Him?&nbsp;
+Redeemed sinner, is it not you?&nbsp; Pardoned believer, is it
+not you?&nbsp; Are you ready to fall at His feet and say,
+&ldquo;Here am I; let me be Thine.&nbsp; Here is my skill: use
+it.&nbsp; Here is my intellect: use it.&nbsp; Here is my power of
+speech: use it.&nbsp; Here is my money: use it.&nbsp; Here is
+all, all I have and all I am: let it all be Thine own, and help
+me to employ it for Thy glory&rdquo;?</p>
+<h3><a name="page83"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 83</span>HIS
+PRAISE</h3>
+<p>David&rsquo;s question fell on willing hearts, and there was a
+wonderful response to his appeal.&nbsp; Gold, silver, and
+precious stones were poured into the treasury, and the willing
+heart with which all was done was beautiful.&nbsp; It was not
+done grudgingly or of necessity, but with a happy, joyous,
+thankful spirit, so that the old man&rsquo;s heart was gladdened,
+and &ldquo;David the King rejoiced with great joy.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation83a"></a><a href="#footnote83a"
+class="citation">[83a]</a>&nbsp; It was this joyous spirit that
+called forth his praise.&nbsp; When he saw the blessed result of
+his appeal he did not lay it down to his personal influence, or
+to his own persuasive power, but he stood up and blessed the
+Lord.&nbsp; He was too old for government, but he was not too old
+for praise.&nbsp; His last words from the throne were those of
+praise and prayer.&nbsp; His joy ran straight into thanksgiving,
+and in this thanksgiving two principles were conspicuous, he gave
+all the glory to God, and he acknowledged himself and his people
+to be utterly unworthy of the sacred privilege of this happy
+service.&nbsp; This is the true view of service and of
+gifts.&nbsp; When God calls us to work for Him, or to give for
+Him, we should not regard it as a burden laid upon us, but as an
+honour to which we are invited, an honour that angels themselves
+might covet.&nbsp; This was the spirit of David when he said
+&ldquo;What am I, and what is my people, that we should be able
+to offer so willingly after this sort? for all things come of
+Thee, and of Thine own have we given Thee.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation83b"></a><a href="#footnote83b"
+class="citation">[83b]</a>&nbsp; And this should be our own
+spirit in all service and all gifts for such a Lord.&nbsp; We do
+not want to regard it as a yoke, a necessity, a heavy task
+imposed on us by God; but <a name="page84"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 84</span>as an honour, a privilege, a happy,
+loving service of the King of kings, for which the best amongst
+us is utterly unworthy.</p>
+<h3>HIS PRAYER</h3>
+<p>After a time his praise ran into prayer.&nbsp; This is just as
+it ought to be, for praise should encourage prayer, as prayer
+should always lead to praise.&nbsp; Thus the loving heart should
+pass backwards and forwards from one to the other, and the two
+should be so blended that when we are engaged by the one the
+other should never be out of sight.</p>
+<p>Observe the prayer in ver. 18, and remember the
+circumstances.&nbsp; It was a moment of wonderful national
+enthusiasm at the commencement of a great national work.&nbsp;
+Their hearts were filled with joy and they were ready for
+anything.&nbsp; Now, what was the danger?&nbsp; What would be the
+danger to ourselves in our own day?&nbsp; Would it not be decay,
+a gradual dying off of our first zeal, a chill in the first love
+as there was at Ephesus? <a name="citation84"></a><a
+href="#footnote84" class="citation">[84]</a>&nbsp; What David
+prayed for, therefore, was continuance, or perseverance.&nbsp; In
+short he prayed against declension from their first love, for
+look at his words in ver. 18.&nbsp; For &ldquo;prepare&rdquo; the
+marginal reading is &ldquo;stablish.&rdquo;&nbsp; And now you see
+the point of the prayer, &ldquo;Keep this <i>for ever</i> in the
+imagination of the thoughts of the heart of Thy people, and
+<i>establish</i> their heart unto Thee.&rdquo;&nbsp; What an
+insight it gives both as to our danger and our hope.&nbsp; How it
+shows us our need of being kept alive in our first love, and
+teaches us that we must not be trusting to the privileges of past
+experience, or the fact of past consecration, but that we need
+the perpetual action of the Holy Spirit <a
+name="page85"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 85</span>in keeping
+His grace for ever in the imagination of the thoughts of the
+heart.</p>
+<p>And where are we to look for this preservation?&nbsp; Do we
+not learn that our hearts are like leaky vessels, and the
+brightest, holiest and most joyous of believers requires the
+daily power of the Holy Spirit, not merely to stop the leak, but
+to fill the vessel?</p>
+<h3>THE FINAL APPEAL</h3>
+<p>The old man finished his prayer.&nbsp; In it he spoke
+alone.&nbsp; He was, as it were, the mouthpiece of his
+people.&nbsp; But that was not enough.&nbsp; It was not
+sufficient that he should speak on their behalf, but they must
+praise God for themselves.&nbsp; So having been into the very
+presence chamber of God in prayer, he came out, as it were to the
+assembled multitude, and said to the vast throng, &ldquo;Now
+bless the Lord your God.&rdquo;&nbsp; Praise was the climax of
+the transaction, and praise the last act of David&rsquo;s
+reign.</p>
+<p>Now may there be the spirit of that remarkable day amongst
+ourselves.&nbsp; Trace it all the way through, remember the
+consecration, the liberality, the joy, the praise, the prayer,
+and the final outburst of congregational worship.&nbsp; May God
+breathe on us the same spirit.&nbsp; May there be the same
+consecration of service, the same willing offerings, the same
+joyous praise, and the same thankful prayer for a holy
+perseverance unto the end.&nbsp; And, in conclusion, may I not
+say to you what David said to the congregation, &ldquo;Now bless
+the Lord your God.&rdquo;</p>
+<h2><a name="page86"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 86</span>FEAR
+NOT</h2>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;Fear thou not; for I am with thee: be not
+dismayed; for I am thy God: I will strengthen thee; yea, I will
+help thee: yea, I will uphold thee with the right hand of my
+righteousness.&rdquo;&mdash;<span class="smcap">Isa</span>. xli.
+10.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p><span class="smcap">When</span> we observe how frequently God
+says to us &ldquo;Fear not,&rdquo; we may be quite sure that
+there is a great deal in common life to occasion fear.&nbsp; The
+frequent recurrence of the exhortation in all parts of Scripture
+teaches us, that through the whole range of Scriptural history
+there had been that all around God&rsquo;s people which, without
+the Lord&rsquo;s help, must have been sure to make the heart
+afraid.</p>
+<p>You will observe in our text that He does not bid us fear not
+because He undertakes to remove all danger.&nbsp; What He says
+is, that when things arise that may justly alarm us, we need not
+fear.&nbsp; &ldquo;Fear not, <i>for</i> I am with thee,&rdquo;
+(observe the &ldquo;<i>for</i>&rdquo;).&nbsp; If fear is to be
+really overcome, it must be by the eye being kept fixed on God
+and His promises.</p>
+<p>This verse contains two assurances and three promises;
+assurances of what He is to us now, and promises of what He
+undertakes to do for us.</p>
+<h3>THE ASSURANCES</h3>
+<p>&ldquo;I am with thee.&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;I am thy
+God.&rdquo;&nbsp; It is interesting to observe how the different
+portions of Scripture <a name="page87"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 87</span>correspond with one another.&nbsp;
+They are all inspired by one Spirit, and all speak one
+truth.&nbsp; So when I turn to the concluding description of the
+blessedness of the Heavenly inheritance, I find just the same
+assurance, &ldquo;God Himself shall be with them and be their
+God.&rdquo;&nbsp; <a name="citation87"></a><a href="#footnote87"
+class="citation">[87]</a>&nbsp; He does not promise to be nearer
+to His people, even in the heavenly rest, than He declares
+Himself to be now, when we are in the midst of our struggle upon
+earth.&nbsp; He promises <i>then</i> to be with us and to be our
+God, and He assures us in the text that He is just the same
+<i>now</i>.</p>
+<p>The words of the assurance, &ldquo;I am with thee,&rdquo;
+imply both reconciliation and companionship.&nbsp;
+Reconciliation, for He is not against us, but with us.&nbsp; Not
+separated by the barrier of unforgiven sin, but so completely
+reconciled, the law being satisfied that every barrier is broken
+down for ever, and He is altogether on our side.</p>
+<p>Companionship, for as a reconciled and loving Father He never
+for a moment leaves His child, by night or by day, in joy or in
+sorrow; in active work, or in quiet submission; in the ministry
+at home or in the distant work of missions.&nbsp; Wherever His
+people are, and in whatever circumstances, there is He with them
+as their Father, their Friend, their Companion, their Helper,
+their God.</p>
+<p>For He also says, &ldquo;I am thy God.&rdquo;&nbsp; He is not
+merely with us, but with us in all the omnipotence of
+Godhead.&nbsp; An earthly friend may fail in helping us; but when
+He is with us as our God He will never fail.&nbsp; When He says,
+&ldquo;I am thy God,&rdquo; He clearly means that He has chosen
+us to be His people, a peculiar people unto Himself; and that,
+having done so, He acts as God, on our behalf, governing,
+guiding, <a name="page88"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+88</span>preserving, saving, and finally gathering to His own
+presence in His kingdom.</p>
+<h3>THE PROMISES</h3>
+<p>(1)&nbsp; &ldquo;I will strengthen thee.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Into whatever position He places us, for that He undertakes to
+give us the needful strength.&nbsp; If He calls us to be still
+and suffer, He will give strength for suffering; if to go forth
+in His name and labour in His service, He will give strength for
+activity; and in the holy warfare which we are all called to wage
+with indwelling sin, strength to overcome.&nbsp; And you must
+notice that, when He promises to strengthen, He describes an
+imparted power.&nbsp; He does not speak of Himself as acting for
+you externally, as when He accounts you righteous; but within
+you, imparting power, and so enabling you to act for Him.&nbsp;
+The promise of God in Scripture is that He will strengthen us,
+or, in other words, that He will impart a power of action in His
+service.</p>
+<p>(2)&nbsp; &ldquo;I will help thee.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>The same lesson respecting man&rsquo;s activity is taught when
+He promises to help.&nbsp; There is a great difference between
+strengthening and helping.&nbsp; To strengthen is an inward work,
+the gift of an inward power.&nbsp; To help is an external
+work.&nbsp; I may help a lame man to walk, though I cannot
+strengthen his limb.&nbsp; But help implies activity on the part
+of those who receive it.&nbsp; God does not help us to do
+nothing.&nbsp; He helps us to be patient, loving, gentle,
+sweet-tempered.&nbsp; He helps us to be diligent and active in
+His service; but He does not help us to sit still and be
+passive.&nbsp; Help implies exertion.&nbsp; If He strengthens us
+by the Holy <a name="page89"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+89</span>Ghost in the inner man, and if He undertakes to help us
+in every struggle against sin, it is our privilege to accept His
+promise, and press on, assured of victory.</p>
+<p>(3)&nbsp; &ldquo;I will uphold thee.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>These words appear to convey the idea of danger.&nbsp; We are
+walking in slippery places, and with fearful falls on every hand,
+so that we require not merely a clear eye to guide us, but a
+strong hand to hold us.&nbsp; In every step of our way we require
+to be upheld.&nbsp; In every moment of our lives we require to be
+held up by one who sees all our danger, who knows the path
+perfectly well, who can hold us with so strong a grasp that
+nothing can pluck us out of His hand, and who, according to the
+language of St. Jude, is &ldquo;able to keep us from
+falling.&rdquo; <a name="citation89a"></a><a href="#footnote89a"
+class="citation">[89a]</a></p>
+<p>It is this perpetual and final preservation that is secured to
+us in the third promise; and I would have you most particularly
+observe that it is not with the right hand of His mercy, or the
+right hand of His love, or of His compassion, or even of His
+power, but the right hand of His righteousness.&nbsp; And why is
+this?&nbsp; Because this grace is the result of the
+covenant.&nbsp; By that covenant His people are given to the Lord
+Jesus that they may be saved.&nbsp; In fulfilling that covenant
+He has shed His own most precious blood for us, to make atonement
+for our sin.&nbsp; And the result is, that as, according to St.
+John, &ldquo;He is faithful and just to forgive us our
+sins,&rdquo; <a name="citation89b"></a><a href="#footnote89b"
+class="citation">[89b]</a> so, also, is He faithful and just to
+uphold us against a fall.</p>
+<p>But here, I know, a question will arise.&nbsp; This is
+God&rsquo;s promise, but is it ever realized?&nbsp; It is very
+beautiful in Scripture, but do we meet with it in practical
+life?&nbsp; Are these gifts of God really given?&nbsp; Is this
+presence of God really displayed? this <a name="page90"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 90</span>upholding power really
+experienced?&nbsp; Let us consider these five points and see.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;I am with thee.&rdquo;&nbsp; Has this been practically
+experienced?&nbsp; Look at the words of David in the prospect of
+his dying hour, &ldquo;Thou art with me,&rdquo; <a
+name="citation90a"></a><a href="#footnote90a"
+class="citation">[90a]</a> and, again, &ldquo;O God, Thou art my
+God.&rdquo; <a name="citation90b"></a><a href="#footnote90b"
+class="citation">[90b]</a></p>
+<p>&ldquo;I will strengthen thee.&rdquo;&nbsp; Remember how
+Daniel realized its fulfilment when he said, &ldquo;Let my Lord
+speak; for Thou hast strengthened me.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation90c"></a><a href="#footnote90c"
+class="citation">[90c]</a></p>
+<p>&ldquo;I will help thee.&rdquo;&nbsp; Remember David&rsquo;s
+words, &ldquo;My heart trusted in Him, and I am helped.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation90d"></a><a href="#footnote90d"
+class="citation">[90d]</a></p>
+<p>&ldquo;I will uphold thee.&rdquo;&nbsp; But will He really
+uphold us through trials and temptations?&nbsp; Will He really
+keep us fast in the right hand of His righteousness, and that
+when our faith is weak?&nbsp; Turn to Asaph&rsquo;s
+experience.&nbsp; He says of himself, &ldquo;As for me, my feet
+were almost gone; my steps had well-nigh slipped.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation90e"></a><a href="#footnote90e"
+class="citation">[90e]</a>&nbsp; But now look at the upholding
+arm.&nbsp; &ldquo;Nevertheless I am continually with thee: thou
+hast holden me by my right hand.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation90f"></a><a href="#footnote90f"
+class="citation">[90f]</a>&nbsp; So, then, this promise has been
+practically fulfilled.&nbsp; God has been true to His word, and
+men have found Him so.&nbsp; His truth has never failed, and will
+He fail us?&nbsp; Will he fail the weakest amongst us?&nbsp; Will
+He cease to uphold His people?&nbsp; Let us trust Him.&nbsp; We
+are not worthy to do so.&nbsp; If He had treated us as we have
+deserved, He would long since have cast us off.&nbsp; But He has
+not treated us as we have deserved.&nbsp; He has loved us and
+washed us from our sins in His own blood, so we may trust Him,
+and leave all in His care; and of this we may rest perfectly
+assured, that the strong arm will never give way.</p>
+<h2><a name="page91"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 91</span>THE
+PRESENT AND THE FUTURE</h2>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;Thou preparest a table before me in the
+presence of mine enemies: Thou anointest my head with oil; my cup
+runneth over.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Surely goodness and mercy shall follow me all the days
+of my life: and I will dwell in the house of the Lord for
+ever.&rdquo;&mdash;<span class="smcap">Psa</span>. xxiii. 5,
+6.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p><span class="smcap">It</span> is a very delightful thing to be
+able to say &ldquo;Surely&rdquo; when we look forward.&nbsp; Now,
+this sureness for the future depends on our present relationship
+to God, and the confidence expressed in verse 6 is the blessed
+result of the unspeakably precious gifts described in the earlier
+verses of the Psalm.&nbsp; It depends on the connection between
+the present and the future, a connection resulting from the
+unchangeableness in the character of God.&nbsp; In order,
+therefore, to understand the last verse which relates to the
+future, let us study the one preceding it, which describes the
+present.&nbsp; We may thus combine the present and the future,
+and I think the result will be what our Church describes as a
+&ldquo;sure and certain hope.&rdquo;</p>
+<h3>THE PRESENT</h3>
+<p>As I have just said, our confidence for the future depends on
+our present relationship to God; and, accordingly, the Psalm
+opens with the words, &ldquo;The <a name="page92"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 92</span>Lord is my Shepherd.&rdquo;&nbsp; The
+holy relationship between the Shepherd and the flock is described
+as being already established, and by both parties recognized, and
+all that follows is the result of that relationship.&nbsp; We
+have not time to study the whole Psalm; but look at the three
+results taught us in verse 5.</p>
+<h4>I.&nbsp; <span class="smcap">All Wants are
+Supplied</span>.</h4>
+<p>Even if there are enemies, they cannot interfere with the full
+and sure supply which God has provided for His servant.&nbsp;
+When he reaches the end of his journey, he will find that the
+Lord has prepared a place for his rest; and now that he is in the
+midst of it, he may rejoice in that the same most blessed Saviour
+has prepared a table for his daily supply.</p>
+<p>This refers, doubtless, to our daily wants, and it describes
+His fulfilment of our supplication in the Lord&rsquo;s
+Prayer.&nbsp; We pray day by day, &ldquo;Give us this day our
+daily bread;&rdquo; and when we really enter into the spirit of
+this Psalm, we as much as say that the prayer is answered, the
+bread provided, and the table spread.</p>
+<p>And may we not apply it still more to the bread of life?&nbsp;
+Is it not our sacred privilege, when the soul is hungered, to
+feed even on Him; when the soul is athirst, to drink of the pure
+river of the water of life?&nbsp; And are there not many amongst
+us who know, by their own experience, the truth of the promise,
+&ldquo;They shall be abundantly satisfied?&rdquo; <a
+name="citation92"></a><a href="#footnote92"
+class="citation">[92]</a></p>
+<h4>II.&nbsp; <span class="smcap">The Spirit is
+Refreshed</span>.</h4>
+<p>This is taught in the words, &ldquo;Thou anointest my head
+with oil.&rdquo;&nbsp; The words refer to the custom of anointing
+the weary man with ointment or oil.&nbsp; It was poured sometimes
+on the feet and sometimes on the head.&nbsp; The object in both
+cases was the same, <a name="page93"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+93</span>namely, refreshment; and surely we must thankfully
+acknowledge that our Heavenly Father does not merely give us the
+bare necessities of existence, but softens, refreshes, and cheers
+the spirit.&nbsp; He prepares not the table only, but the
+joy.&nbsp; &ldquo;He giveth us richly all things to enjoy.&rdquo;
+<a name="citation93a"></a><a href="#footnote93a"
+class="citation">[93a]</a></p>
+<h4>III.&nbsp; <span class="smcap">The Cup Overflows</span>.</h4>
+<p>The mercies are so rich, the grace so abundant, the
+loving-kindness so bountiful, the living fountain so free, that
+the little cup of human capacity cannot hold it all, and it
+runneth over.&nbsp; God describes His people as not merely
+satisfied, but abundantly satisfied; and speaks of the Holy
+Spirit as not merely bestowed, but as &ldquo;shed on us
+abundantly.&rdquo; <a name="citation93b"></a><a
+href="#footnote93b" class="citation">[93b]</a>&nbsp; Why, then,
+are we content with a little water hardly perceptible at the
+bottom of our little cup?&nbsp; Stephen was &ldquo;full of faith
+and of the Holy Ghost,&rdquo; <a name="citation93c"></a><a
+href="#footnote93c" class="citation">[93c]</a> and we are told to
+be &ldquo;filled with the Spirit;&rdquo; <a
+name="citation93d"></a><a href="#footnote93d"
+class="citation">[93d]</a> why, then, rest content with only a
+few drops in our own soul while there is the deep, broad river of
+the water of life able to fill, to overflowing, every vessel that
+can be found to receive the free supply?&nbsp; Why do we not
+realize more the truth of the promise, &ldquo;Open thy mouth
+wide, and I will fill it&rdquo;? <a name="citation93e"></a><a
+href="#footnote93e" class="citation">[93e]</a></p>
+<p>So much, then, for the present.&nbsp; A table prepared, a head
+anointed, a cup running over.&nbsp; These are present
+gifts&mdash;the present and indescribable privileges of those
+whose joy it is to be able to say, &ldquo;The Lord is my
+Shepherd.&rdquo;</p>
+<h3><a name="page94"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 94</span>THE
+FUTURE</h3>
+<p>Let us pass on to the future as taught in verse 6.&nbsp; We
+may observe two things&mdash;</p>
+<h4>I.&nbsp; <span class="smcap">The Assurance</span>.</h4>
+<p>&ldquo;Surely goodness and mercy shall follow me all the days
+of my life.&rdquo;&nbsp; The idea seems to be that, in the poetry
+of this beautiful Psalm, Goodness and Mercy are represented as
+two persons, just as we find first Mercy and Truth as two persons
+meeting each other in Christ Jesus, and then Righteousness and
+Peace, two other persons, kissing each other in Him. <a
+name="citation94a"></a><a href="#footnote94a"
+class="citation">[94a]</a>&nbsp; So here we have the two persons:
+Goodness, the bearer of every gift that can possibly be required,
+and Mercy dealing most graciously even with sin; the two
+following the servant of the Lord, and never leaving him all the
+way through.&nbsp; And you may observe they <i>follow</i> him, so
+that he does not always see them, and may not even know they are
+there.&nbsp; He may sometimes imagine that he is forsaken and
+alone, but he is strangely mistaken, for Goodness and Mercy are
+close behind, the one to supply his need, and the other to deal
+graciously even with his sin.</p>
+<p>If we are in Christ Jesus, we may be as sure of the future as
+of the past.&nbsp; We may be perfectly certain of the truth of
+the words of the Good Shepherd, &ldquo;They shall never perish,
+neither shall any man pluck them out of my hand.&rdquo; <a
+name="citation94b"></a><a href="#footnote94b"
+class="citation">[94b]</a>&nbsp; That promise is so sure that it
+can never fail, that hand so strong that all the powers of hell
+cannot pluck the weakest little one from its grasp, that heart so
+true that we may be perfectly certain He will never abandon one
+whom He has called by the Holy Ghost into fellowship with
+Himself.</p>
+<h4><a name="page95"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+95</span>II.&nbsp; <span class="smcap">The
+Determination</span>.</h4>
+<p>&ldquo;I will dwell in the house of the Lord for
+ever.&rdquo;&nbsp; David delighted in the house of God; and
+clearly we must explain these words as referring to the holy
+worship of the sanctuary.&nbsp; But in order to enter into the
+full spirit of the passage, we must rise from the Church on earth
+to the sanctuary in heaven; to the heavenly home and the presence
+chamber of God.&nbsp; There, indeed, is the table spread, there
+is the anointing oil, there the cup runneth over; and now,
+through the rest of our pilgrimage, though the journey may
+possibly be through the Vale of Baca, <a
+name="citation95a"></a><a href="#footnote95a"
+class="citation">[95a]</a> though sometimes the soul may be bowed
+down, and that even when the heart is fixed, yet in the midst of
+it all, and through it all, we may live in a close intimacy with
+Him.&nbsp; We may quietly rest in His love, we may dwell in Him
+and He in us; and while He gives the gracious promise, &ldquo;Him
+that cometh to Me I will in no wise <i>cast</i> out,&rdquo; <a
+name="citation95b"></a><a href="#footnote95b"
+class="citation">[95b]</a> we may resolve, God helping us, that
+we will never <i>go</i> out, and that, to the last day of our
+lives, we will hold fast by Him, till at length the veil shall be
+withdrawn, and the heavenly home open before us, and we realize
+what it is, in the highest possible sense, &ldquo;to dwell in the
+house of the Lord for ever.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<div class="gapspace">&nbsp;</div>
+<p style="text-align: center">THE END</p>
+
+<div class="gapspace">&nbsp;</div>
+
+<div class="gapmediumline">&nbsp;</div>
+<p style="text-align: center"><span class="GutSmall">PRINTED BY
+WILLIAM CLOWES AND SONS, LIMITED,</span><br />
+<span class="GutSmall">LONDON AND BECCLES.</span></p>
+<h2>FOOTNOTES</h2>
+<p><a name="footnote5"></a><a href="#citation5"
+class="footnote">[5]</a>&nbsp; 2 Sam. xii. 13.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote6"></a><a href="#citation6"
+class="footnote">[6]</a>&nbsp; Psa. li. 13.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote7"></a><a href="#citation7"
+class="footnote">[7]</a>&nbsp; Psa. cxlviii. 14.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote8a"></a><a href="#citation8a"
+class="footnote">[8a]</a>&nbsp; Exod. xv. 1.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote8b"></a><a href="#citation8b"
+class="footnote">[8b]</a>&nbsp; Psa. xl. 2, 3.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote8c"></a><a href="#citation8c"
+class="footnote">[8c]</a>&nbsp; Rev. vii. 10, 14.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote8d"></a><a href="#citation8d"
+class="footnote">[8d]</a>&nbsp; Isa. lx. 18.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote9a"></a><a href="#citation9a"
+class="footnote">[9a]</a>&nbsp; Psa. cxliii. 9.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote9b"></a><a href="#citation9b"
+class="footnote">[9b]</a>&nbsp; Acts xvi. 25, R.V.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote13"></a><a href="#citation13"
+class="footnote">[13]</a>&nbsp; St. Luke xix. 10.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote15"></a><a href="#citation15"
+class="footnote">[15]</a>&nbsp; Rev. xxii. 17.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote17"></a><a href="#citation17"
+class="footnote">[17]</a>&nbsp; 2 Peter i. 3.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote18a"></a><a href="#citation18a"
+class="footnote">[18a]</a>&nbsp; 2 Peter i. 3.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote18b"></a><a href="#citation18b"
+class="footnote">[18b]</a>&nbsp; St. John x. 28.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote20a"></a><a href="#citation20a"
+class="footnote">[20a]</a>&nbsp; Rom. iii. 25.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote20b"></a><a href="#citation20b"
+class="footnote">[20b]</a>&nbsp; 2 Cor. v. 21.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote20c"></a><a href="#citation20c"
+class="footnote">[20c]</a>&nbsp; 1 Cor. i. 30.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote20d"></a><a href="#citation20d"
+class="footnote">[20d]</a>&nbsp; St. John v. 28.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote21"></a><a href="#citation21"
+class="footnote">[21]</a>&nbsp; St. Jude 3.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote26"></a><a href="#citation26"
+class="footnote">[26]</a>&nbsp; Eph. ii. 4, 5.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote27a"></a><a href="#citation27a"
+class="footnote">[27a]</a>&nbsp; Gal. v. 22.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote27b"></a><a href="#citation27b"
+class="footnote">[27b]</a>&nbsp; Rom. xv. 13.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote28a"></a><a href="#citation28a"
+class="footnote">[28a]</a>&nbsp; 2 Cor. v. 1.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote28b"></a><a href="#citation28b"
+class="footnote">[28b]</a>&nbsp; St. Luke ii. 26.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote29a"></a><a href="#citation29a"
+class="footnote">[29a]</a>&nbsp; Phil. i. 23.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote29b"></a><a href="#citation29b"
+class="footnote">[29b]</a>&nbsp; 2 Tim. iv. 6.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote30a"></a><a href="#citation30a"
+class="footnote">[30a]</a>&nbsp; Phil. i. 23.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote30b"></a><a href="#citation30b"
+class="footnote">[30b]</a>&nbsp; 2 Tim. i. 12.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote31a"></a><a href="#citation31a"
+class="footnote">[31a]</a>&nbsp; Psa. xxiii. 4.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote31b"></a><a href="#citation31b"
+class="footnote">[31b]</a>&nbsp; St. Luke xix. 9.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote32a"></a><a href="#citation32a"
+class="footnote">[32a]</a>&nbsp; 1 Peter i. 8.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote32b"></a><a href="#citation32b"
+class="footnote">[32b]</a>&nbsp; Num. xxiv. 17.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote34a"></a><a href="#citation34a"
+class="footnote">[34a]</a>&nbsp; Isa. xxxii. 2.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote34b"></a><a href="#citation34b"
+class="footnote">[34b]</a>&nbsp; Psa. xxxii. 7.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote34c"></a><a href="#citation34c"
+class="footnote">[34c]</a>&nbsp; Col. iii. 3.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote34d"></a><a href="#citation34d"
+class="footnote">[34d]</a>&nbsp; 1 John v. 12.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote35"></a><a href="#citation35"
+class="footnote">[35]</a>&nbsp; Gal. ii. 20.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote37"></a><a href="#citation37"
+class="footnote">[37]</a>&nbsp; 2 Cor. v. 15.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote38"></a><a href="#citation38"
+class="footnote">[38]</a>&nbsp; St. John i. 26.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote39a"></a><a href="#citation39a"
+class="footnote">[39a]</a>&nbsp; St. John iii. 34.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote39b"></a><a href="#citation39b"
+class="footnote">[39b]</a>&nbsp; Col. ii. 9.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote39c"></a><a href="#citation39c"
+class="footnote">[39c]</a>&nbsp; Acts x. 38.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote40"></a><a href="#citation40"
+class="footnote">[40]</a>&nbsp; Acts ii, 3, 4.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote41a"></a><a href="#citation41a"
+class="footnote">[41a]</a>&nbsp; Phil. iv. 19.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote41b"></a><a href="#citation41b"
+class="footnote">[41b]</a>&nbsp; Job. xlii. 6.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote42"></a><a href="#citation42"
+class="footnote">[42]</a>&nbsp; Heb. x. 20.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote44a"></a><a href="#citation44a"
+class="footnote">[44a]</a>&nbsp; Acts xiii. 34.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote44b"></a><a href="#citation44b"
+class="footnote">[44b]</a>&nbsp; St. John xviii. 37.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote44c"></a><a href="#citation44c"
+class="footnote">[44c]</a>&nbsp; Rev. i. 5.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote44d"></a><a href="#citation44d"
+class="footnote">[44d]</a>&nbsp; Psa. xxxv. 3.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote45a"></a><a href="#citation45a"
+class="footnote">[45a]</a>&nbsp; 1 John v. 10.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote45b"></a><a href="#citation45b"
+class="footnote">[45b]</a>&nbsp; St. John x. 3.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote45c"></a><a href="#citation45c"
+class="footnote">[45c]</a>&nbsp; Isa. xliv. 10.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote46a"></a><a href="#citation46a"
+class="footnote">[46a]</a>&nbsp; Isa. xlii. 16.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote46b"></a><a href="#citation46b"
+class="footnote">[46b]</a>&nbsp; Psa. xxxi. 3.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote46c"></a><a href="#citation46c"
+class="footnote">[46c]</a>&nbsp; Psa. cxix. 117.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote46d"></a><a href="#citation46d"
+class="footnote">[46d]</a>&nbsp; Psa. xxv. 4.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote47a"></a><a href="#citation47a"
+class="footnote">[47a]</a>&nbsp; Psa. xxiii 4.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote47b"></a><a href="#citation47b"
+class="footnote">[47b]</a>&nbsp; Eph. i. 22.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote47c"></a><a href="#citation47c"
+class="footnote">[47c]</a>&nbsp; Rev. xvii. 14.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote48a"></a><a href="#citation48a"
+class="footnote">[48a]</a>&nbsp; Rev. xvii. 14.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote48b"></a><a href="#citation48b"
+class="footnote">[48b]</a>&nbsp; Acts ix. 6.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote51"></a><a href="#citation51"
+class="footnote">[51]</a>&nbsp; Neh. iv. 6.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote52a"></a><a href="#citation52a"
+class="footnote">[52a]</a>&nbsp; Neh. iv. 4.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote52b"></a><a href="#citation52b"
+class="footnote">[52b]</a>&nbsp; St. Matt. xxvi. 41.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote53"></a><a href="#citation53"
+class="footnote">[53]</a>&nbsp; Neh. iv. 15.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote55a"></a><a href="#citation55a"
+class="footnote">[55a]</a>&nbsp; 2 Pet. iii. 18.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote55b"></a><a href="#citation55b"
+class="footnote">[55b]</a>&nbsp; Rom. iv. 24, 25.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote56"></a><a href="#citation56"
+class="footnote">[56]</a>&nbsp; Rom. xi. 20.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote59a"></a><a href="#citation59a"
+class="footnote">[59a]</a>&nbsp; Acts xiii. 2.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote59b"></a><a href="#citation59b"
+class="footnote">[59b]</a>&nbsp; Eph. iv. 16.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote60a"></a><a href="#citation60a"
+class="footnote">[60a]</a>&nbsp; 1 Sam. iii. 19.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote60b"></a><a href="#citation60b"
+class="footnote">[60b]</a>&nbsp; Mal. iii. 17.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote60c"></a><a href="#citation60c"
+class="footnote">[60c]</a>&nbsp; Ps. cxxvii. 1.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote61"></a><a href="#citation61"
+class="footnote">[61]</a>&nbsp; Eph. ii. 10.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote63a"></a><a href="#citation63a"
+class="footnote">[63a]</a>&nbsp; Isa. xxviii. 16.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote63b"></a><a href="#citation63b"
+class="footnote">[63b]</a>&nbsp; 1 John iv. 16.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote64"></a><a href="#citation64"
+class="footnote">[64]</a>&nbsp; Heb. xiii. 8.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote65a"></a><a href="#citation65a"
+class="footnote">[65a]</a>&nbsp; Psa. lxiii. 1.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote65b"></a><a href="#citation65b"
+class="footnote">[65b]</a>&nbsp; Sam. xvii. 37.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote66"></a><a href="#citation66"
+class="footnote">[66]</a>&nbsp; 1 Thess. iv. 13, 14.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote67a"></a><a href="#citation67a"
+class="footnote">[67a]</a>&nbsp; 1 Thess. iv. 17.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote67b"></a><a href="#citation67b"
+class="footnote">[67b]</a>&nbsp; Phil. iv. 4, 5.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote67c"></a><a href="#citation67c"
+class="footnote">[67c]</a>&nbsp; 1 Cor. vii. 29.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote68a"></a><a href="#citation68a"
+class="footnote">[68a]</a>&nbsp; Rom. xiii. 11.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote68b"></a><a href="#citation68b"
+class="footnote">[68b]</a>&nbsp; St. Matt. xxv. 6.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote68c"></a><a href="#citation68c"
+class="footnote">[68c]</a>&nbsp; St. Luke xxi. 25.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote69a"></a><a href="#citation69a"
+class="footnote">[69a]</a>&nbsp; St. Luke xxi. 26.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote69b"></a><a href="#citation69b"
+class="footnote">[69b]</a>&nbsp; St. Luke xxi. 28.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote69c"></a><a href="#citation69c"
+class="footnote">[69c]</a>&nbsp; St. Luke xxi. 27.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote71"></a><a href="#citation71"
+class="footnote">[71]</a>&nbsp; Heb. x. 20.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote72a"></a><a href="#citation72a"
+class="footnote">[72a]</a>&nbsp; Eph. ii. 14.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote72b"></a><a href="#citation72b"
+class="footnote">[72b]</a>&nbsp; Acts xiii. 7.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote72c"></a><a href="#citation72c"
+class="footnote">[72c]</a>&nbsp; Acts xiv. 1.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote73"></a><a href="#citation73"
+class="footnote">[73]</a>&nbsp; Acts xiii. 52.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote74a"></a><a href="#citation74a"
+class="footnote">[74a]</a>&nbsp; Acts xv. 4&ndash;12.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote74b"></a><a href="#citation74b"
+class="footnote">[74b]</a>&nbsp; St. Matt. xxviii. 20.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote74c"></a><a href="#citation74c"
+class="footnote">[74c]</a>&nbsp; Acts xvi. 14.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote75"></a><a href="#citation75"
+class="footnote">[75]</a>&nbsp; 1 Cor. iii. 6.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote76a"></a><a href="#citation76a"
+class="footnote">[76a]</a>&nbsp; Acts xii. 7.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote76b"></a><a href="#citation76b"
+class="footnote">[76b]</a>&nbsp; Isa. lxiv. 7.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote77a"></a><a href="#citation77a"
+class="footnote">[77a]</a>&nbsp; Phil. ii. 12.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote77b"></a><a href="#citation77b"
+class="footnote">[77b]</a>&nbsp; Acts xvii. 16.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote78a"></a><a href="#citation78a"
+class="footnote">[78a]</a>&nbsp; Prov. xxvii. 17.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote78b"></a><a href="#citation78b"
+class="footnote">[78b]</a>&nbsp; Deut. xxxii. 11.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote79a"></a><a href="#citation79a"
+class="footnote">[79a]</a>&nbsp; Rom. i. 7.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote79b"></a><a href="#citation79b"
+class="footnote">[79b]</a>&nbsp; Rom. xiii. 11.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote80"></a><a href="#citation80"
+class="footnote">[80]</a>&nbsp; Cant v. 2.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote81"></a><a href="#citation81"
+class="footnote">[81]</a>&nbsp; 1 Chron. xxviii. 20.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote82a"></a><a href="#citation82a"
+class="footnote">[82a]</a>&nbsp; Psa. cxix. 94.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote82b"></a><a href="#citation82b"
+class="footnote">[82b]</a>&nbsp; Isa vi. 8.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote82c"></a><a href="#citation82c"
+class="footnote">[82c]</a>&nbsp; St. John xvii. 19, R.V.&nbsp;
+Margin.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote83a"></a><a href="#citation83a"
+class="footnote">[83a]</a>&nbsp; 1 Chron. xxix. 9.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote83b"></a><a href="#citation83b"
+class="footnote">[83b]</a>&nbsp; 1 Chron. xxix. 14.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote84"></a><a href="#citation84"
+class="footnote">[84]</a>&nbsp; Rev. ii. 4.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote87"></a><a href="#citation87"
+class="footnote">[87]</a>&nbsp; Rev. xxi. 3.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote89a"></a><a href="#citation89a"
+class="footnote">[89a]</a>&nbsp; St. Jude 24.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote89b"></a><a href="#citation89b"
+class="footnote">[89b]</a>&nbsp; 1 John i. 9.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote90a"></a><a href="#citation90a"
+class="footnote">[90a]</a>&nbsp; Psa. xxiii. 4.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote90b"></a><a href="#citation90b"
+class="footnote">[90b]</a>&nbsp; Psa. lxiii. 1.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote90c"></a><a href="#citation90c"
+class="footnote">[90c]</a>&nbsp; Dan. x. 19.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote90d"></a><a href="#citation90d"
+class="footnote">[90d]</a>&nbsp; Psa. xxviii. 7.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote90e"></a><a href="#citation90e"
+class="footnote">[90e]</a>&nbsp; Psa. lxxiii. 2.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote90f"></a><a href="#citation90f"
+class="footnote">[90f]</a>&nbsp; Psa. lxxiii. 23.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote92"></a><a href="#citation92"
+class="footnote">[92]</a>&nbsp; Psa. xxxvi. 8.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote93a"></a><a href="#citation93a"
+class="footnote">[93a]</a>&nbsp; 1 Tim. vi. 17.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote93b"></a><a href="#citation93b"
+class="footnote">[93b]</a>&nbsp; Titus iii. 6.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote93c"></a><a href="#citation93c"
+class="footnote">[93c]</a>&nbsp; Acts vi. 5.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote93d"></a><a href="#citation93d"
+class="footnote">[93d]</a>&nbsp; Eph. v. 18.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote93e"></a><a href="#citation93e"
+class="footnote">[93e]</a>&nbsp; Psa. lxxxi. 10.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote94a"></a><a href="#citation94a"
+class="footnote">[94a]</a>&nbsp; Psa. lxxxv. 10.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote94b"></a><a href="#citation94b"
+class="footnote">[94b]</a>&nbsp; St. John x. 28.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote95a"></a><a href="#citation95a"
+class="footnote">[95a]</a>&nbsp; Psa. lxxxiv. 6, Cp. R.V.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote95b"></a><a href="#citation95b"
+class="footnote">[95b]</a>&nbsp; St. John vi. 37.</p>
+<p>***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MULTIPLIED BLESSINGS***</p>
+<pre>
+
+
+***** This file should be named 43201-h.htm or 43201-h.zip******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/4/3/2/0/43201
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
+ www.gutenberg.org/license.
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809
+North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email
+contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the
+Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+</pre></body>
+</html>
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..44c9c0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #43201 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/43201)